Home

Konica Minolta 750 All in One Printer User Manual

1. e Select this setting for an original positioned into the ADF with the top of the original toward the right side of this machine Select this setting for an original placed on the original glass with the top of the original toward the left side of this machine EE oe 3 20 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 To specify an Original Direction setting Y For details on positioning the document refer to Positioning the Origi nal on page 3 7 Position the original to be copied In the Basic screen touch Combine Originals Memory 100 auto Paper Select The Combine Originals screen appears Touch Original Direction The Original Direction screen appears bizhub 750 600 3 21 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Touch the button for the orientation of the positioned original and then touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Selecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Settings If the original loaded into the ADF is double sided specify the binding posi tion of the document x Note The default setting is Auto 3 22 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations Original Binding Margin Position Margin Se
2. GEEF Box Je Finishing a A chart of the available functions and settings are displayed in the function maps Select an item from the chart for the Help screen that you wish to view Q Detail There are seven Function Map screens for Copy mode The top number indicates the number for the screen that is currently displayed To display the previous screen touch To display the next screen touch f Press the key in the keypad for the number of the desired itern in the Function Map screen To return to the Help Menu screen touch in the Helo screen dis played by selecting an item in a Function Map screen bizhub 750 600 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Additional Copy Operations To display the Main Help Menu screen When a Help screen can be displayed appears in the upper left corner of the screen VY The Help screens cannot be displayed during the following operations while scanning printing printing a proof copy Enlarge Display mode Ac cessibility mode VY While the Help screens are displayed the following keys are not availa ble Start Stop C clear Interrupt Proof Copy Access Mode Mem ory Enlarge Display Mode Check With the Basic screen displayed press the Help key Help The Main Help Menu screen appears
3. Q eee Note To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To clear all entered text press the C clear key Q Detail To change a character in the entered text touch e and gt to move the cursor to the character to be changed touch Delete and then type in the desired letter or number List of Available Characters Alphanumeric ABCDEFGHIUKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghiikimnoparstuwwxyz characters Spaco 848 1 lt gt 2 L A_ I 0123456789 symbols 13 4 bizhub 750 600 Appendix 1 3 13 2 Function Combination Table Function Combination Table Origi Paper Paper Type attribute Zoom Density Original nal Image Type Setting selected later gt 1 21 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 B glsl 2l s l gl a a 5 2 3 S S 5 3 3 3 3 3 sl 9 Bl Sl slal Sal zl ele x 3 S43 sta Sl 81 018 8 21g 218 8 ele e x s 2 Sl2l 21s Ele g 3 3 Eas asale is sallaga Salzes 3 3 3 3 S 8 siala SE sE gragel gisel slays JF e a 2 d 2 Sle 8 s JS G 8 x Sjaj 2
4. O OfOJOlOO O OJofojojofolo o ofofojojojoojo O g ponnu HYPE EP EP LPL PEP EP EP EP EP EPP LPL PEP EPP EP EPP PEP EP EPP EP EP EPP LPP PPP Py yy yl sms SSAA AAA AA AAAS AA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA ATTA z remem enero aus O O OfOlOlololololo oofojojolololojofofojojololojojoolojojololojojoajojofololojo 2 ela ewros OlO O O olojolololo o olo ofo o o ojojofofoofofoololololololololo ololololojolo EE 5 e eea everddueig dfofofofololololololofofolofojojolo ololofofo ofofo o olofoololololajofolololololo 2 e uas umanda O O O O O O OOJOlO O OOOO JOJO O O O o o o ofofofojojojo ojofojojojojojojojojojo x Guyequiny reg yfeperordueis O O O O O O O O O O O OlOfOfOfOfOfofofOfojofojojojo ojofojo ofojofojofojofojojo Fjo g uong ON ojololololololololololololololololelololololololol olol olololllolol olo ololo e Buyewe9 OJO O O OJOJOJOJOJOfOfOJOOJOfOfojoo gt ofofofofofojojojojolojolAfelSlx lt jojojojojo o epen OJOO OO OJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOO O o ofofofofofojofojofofofofofojojojojojojojojo amp feuern obea OJOO OOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOJOfO ojo jofofofojofofofojojofofojojojojojojojojojojo E esemes unana UBIO _ O OfOfOfOfOfOfo olo o o o o o olololololololololojolojolololololola afofofoojojojo i fejes ofofolofofofofofofofofofofofofojojolojofojoooololololojolololols sfololojojojolo e Pse Bary obeuruoN ojelo gt lololol eloo AEE ololololofofofofofofofofofofofofojofojoojojojojololofojojololoolololololojojojojo BS a esioncy soy f
5. SURVEYOR S REPORT Scanning begins What should be done if there are multiple pages in the original gt Position the next page and repeat step 11 until all pages of the doc ument are scanned 8 36 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions After all original pages have been scanned touch Finish Press the Start key Printing begins bizhub 750 600 8 37 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 8 Repeating the Copy Image on a Sheet of Paper Im age Repeat Function Multiple copies of the specified scanned area can be printed on a single sheet of paper The image can be repeated in two different ways by automatically detecting the number of repeats based on the copy image Auto Detect or by spec ifying the desired number of repeats Repeat Either of the following two image positions can be selected o bend D 2 Fen c Q 2 Detail Cc A 6 5 For details on repeating the image using the Repeat setting refer to To repeat the image the specified number of times Repeat on Ke page 8 47 S on 2 ror Setting Description With Margin The number of repeating copies of the image is detected to fill the specified area of the page excluding the margins If the entire image does not fit within the specified area the remaining areas are left blank as
6. 7 12 To store a non standard paper size Custom Size settings Store cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 7 14 To select a setting for oversized paper Oversized Paper settings ccccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeees 7 17 To specify a setting for special paper ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 20 7 3 Specifying Paper Settings for Paper Trays ssssseesssseeeeees 7 22 To display the Paper Tray Setting screen scese 7 22 To specify a standard paper size Standard Size 1 settings 7 24 To specify a setting for standard special sized paper Standard Size 2 settings ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaes 7 25 To specify a non standard paper size Custom Size settings 7 27 To select a setting for oversized paper Oversized Paper settings ccccccecseeteeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 7 29 To specify a paper type oo eeeeseceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeteenaeees 7 31 FAS SONIGINAIS E E E E E AEA 7 33 Original That Can Be Positioned into the ADF sesser 7 33 Precautions for Positioning Original into the ADF seee 7 35 Original That Can Be Placed on the Original Glass 7 35 Precautions for Positioning Original on the Original Glass 7 36 8 tiO 8 1 Inserting Paper Between Overhead Projector Transparencies OHP Interleave Function ccceesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeesesneeeeenseeeneeeee
7. Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes Q Detail Be sure to replace the staple cartridge only after the message appears otherwise the machine may be damaged When staples run out in either of Saddle Staple Cartridge 1 or 2 the mes sage Replace Staple Cartridge 1 or Replace Staple Cartridge 2 ap pears To replace the staple cartridge for finisher FS 504 1 2 Open the finisher door Pull out the stacker unit Hold the stacker unit handle and then slowly pull out the stacker unit as far as possible bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 3 4 5 Remove the empty staple cartridge from the staple cartridge holder Hold the lever on the staple cartridge and LEY then pull the car ase tridge down to re AN move it Install the new staple cartridge Push up the staple cartridge and then z ja check that the car ome lt A LOE tridge is securely in Sor a stalled i O ay ZA LAYA gt fe lt l f X ZA a O AN Return the stacker unit to its original position bizhub 750 600 Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes Cl
8. bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 3 11 Selecting Finishing Settings Various settings are available for sorting and finishing copies when they are fed into the copy exit tray The Staple settings are available only if optional finisher FS 504 or FS 602 is installed The Punch settings are available only if Punch kit PK 505 or if Z folding unit ZU 602 is installed on optional finisher FS 504 or FS 602 Note As the default setting Group is selected Q Detail f no finisher is installed and the following conditions are met printed copies can be fed out and sorted in an alternating crisscross pattern 8 1 2 x 11 or 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 size paper is used Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the G orientation in one paper tray and with the orientation in another tray The Auto Paper Select setting is selected The Auto Paper Select setting is not selected when the Mixed Original setting is selected f the orientation of the positioned original is different from the orientation of the paper in the paper tray specify the position of the binding margin of the original if hole punching or stapling are to be performed For details on specifying the position of the binding margin for the origi nal refer to Selecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Set tings on page 3 22 The following Finishing Settings are available bizhub 750 600 3 53 Chapter 3
9. Weight Approx 83 3 4 Ib Cover Sheet Feeder PI 501 Specifications Structure Double paper feed unit upper and lower Cover sheet paper types Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib Thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Cover sheet paper sizes Upper tray 8 1 2 x 11 Ga j to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 G Lower tray 12 x 18 Gland 11 x 17 to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Wide paper Maximum 12 1 4 in x 18 in Paper capacity 200 sheets for both upper and lower trays Power requirements Supplied from finisher Dimensions 20 in W x 24 1 2 in D x 8 3 4 in H Weight Approx 23 1 4 Ib Shift Tray SF 601 Specifications Paper types Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Paper sizes 11x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 G bizhub 750 600 Specifications Specifications Paper capacity 500 sheets of 8 1 2 x 14 size paper or larger 1 250 sheets of 8 1 2 x 11 size paper or 100 sheets of 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 size pa per or smaller Amount of shift 1 1 4 in Power requirements Supplied from main body Power requirements 15 3 4 in W x 23 1 2 in D x 19 in H Weight Approx 33 Ib Accessories Specifications bizhub 750 600 CD ROM Drum Developer Paper tray labels User s Guides User s Guide Copy Opera tions User
10. is added with the Cover 8 Mode function the cover sheet 53 1 4 Ib can be sta a pled O O Oo DH Number of Bound Pages Maximum Number of Sets is a FS 504 Other than 11 x 2 to 9 sheets 150 sets 17a 10 to 20 sheets 50 sets 21 to 30 sheets 30 sets 31 to 40 sheets 25 sets 41 to 50 sheets 20 sets 51 to 60 sheets 61 to 100 sheets 11 x170 2 to 9 sheets 50 sets 10 to 20 sheets 50 sets 21 to 30 sheets 30 sets 31 to 40 sheets 25 sets 41 to 50 sheets 20 sets 51 to 60 sheets 61 to 100 sheets 3 60 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 To bind copies with staples In the Basic screen touch Finishing 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 Memory 100 The Finishing screen appears Under Staple touch either Corner or 2 Position os 22 05 Ready to copy 16 13 100 Tocancel the Staple settings touch Corner or 2 Position again to deselect it To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch Position and then touch the button for the desired position 06722705 Select Hole Punch and or Staple positioning Anes Memory To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel bizhub 750 600 3 61 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Touch Auto to automatically determine the stapling position ac cording to the orientation of the loaded origina
11. os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 7 8 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original Touch Auto Detect os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Paper Size Normal Thin Paper Touch OK twice The Basic screen appears again Note The factory default setting is Auto Detect bizhub 750 600 7 9 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original To specify a paper size Standard Size settings Specify the Paper setting for the bypass tray if the size cannot be detected automatically This is useful for example in an environment where the machine is often loaded with paper such as AB sized paper whose size cannot be detected automatically The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for A4Ga paper loaded into the bypass tray In the Basic screen touch Paper 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 The Paper screen appears Touch the button for the bypass tray and then touch Change Tray Set tings 06722705 Ready to copy 15 24 Basic bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Touch Standard Size os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Paper Size Thin Paper Berea ality The Standard Size screen appears Touch A45 os 27 05 Ready to copy TL29 Memory 100 Change Tray Settings gt Bypass gt S
12. 202 is installed The Exit Tray Setting parameter is available only if optional finisher FS 504 FS 602 is installed Date Time Setting Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Specify the date time and time zone for the machine s internal clock Time Zone 12 00 to 13 00 00 00 Daylight Saving Time Setting Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Select whether or not the machine s internal clock observes daylight saving time and specify the daylight saving time ON OFF Daylight Savings Time 1 to 150 minutes 60 min utes Weekly Timer Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Weekly Timer ON OFF Select whether or not the weekly timer is ON OFF Setting used Time Setting Specify the time of each day that the ma chine is turned on off by the timer Date Setting Specify the individual dates or the days of the week that the machine is turned on off by the timer Select Time for Power Specify the time that the machine is ON OFF Save turned off on when it has been turned on by the weekly timer Password for Non Busi Select whether or not the machine can ON OFF ness Hours be used after a password is entered when the machine has been turned off by the weekly timer bizhub 750 600 12 27 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility
13. Custom 1 Cus tom 2 Custom 3 Recycled Fine Labels Colored Paper touch Specialty Paper in the Change Settings of Selected Tray screen Touch OK twice The Basic screen appears again Reminder f overhead projector transparencies or thick paper is loaded into the by pass tray be sure to select the corresponding paper type otherwise a paper misfeed may occur bizhub 750 600 7 21 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original 7 3 Specifying Paper Settings for Paper Trays This section describes the procedures for specifying the size of paper loaded in the tray 3 and 4 and the type of paper loaded in each paper tray To display the Paper Tray Setting screen The following procedure describes how to display the Paper Tray Setting screen Press the Utility Coun ter key Utility Counter T Touch 2 User Setting An item can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad for the number beside the desired button For 2 User Setting press the 2 key in the keypad tsgat Utility Total ee No of Originals Ho of Prints i Total Duplex o The User Setting screen appears 7 22 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Touch 1 System Setting To quit specifying the Utility mode setting touch Exit in the sub display area or press
14. If the Tri Fold Printed Side Selection parameter is set to Outside and the cover sheet feeder PI 501 is selected for Back Cover Paper of the Cover Mode function these settings cannot be com bined The setting specified first is given priority and a warning message appears If the Tri Fold Printed Side Selection parameter is set to Inside the settings cannot be combined under the following conditions The setting specified first is given priority and a warning message appears e When an optional paper tray is selected for Front Cover Paper or Back Cover Paper of the Cover Mode function e When a Combine Originals setting is selected e When the Booklet function is specified e When the Image Repeat function is specified The Mixed Original setting and Group setting can be combined however they cannot be com bined if a Staple setting is also selected If the cover sheet is thick paper and the paper for the body text is plain paper while using the Cover Mode function a Staple setting can also be selected In any other case the settings cannot be combined the setting specified first is given priority and a warning message appears bizhub 750 600 13 11 Chapter 13 Appendix mM baaa re jo a Q Oo com Appendix Appendix Automatically selected when settings for the Book Copy function are selected If the
15. Q Detail f the weekly timer has been set leave the machine plugged into the elec trical outlet even if the machine has been turned off If the weekly timer is set correctly set the date and time Restrict User Access Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Restrict Access to Saved Program Jobs Selec the registered copy programs that are prevented from being changed or deleted Delete Saved Program Select the registered copy programs to Jobs be delete Restrict Changing Select whether or not to allow the print Allow Restrict Access to Job priority of jobs to be changed Job Set Priority tings Deleting Select whether or not jobs from other us Allow Restrict Other ers can deleted when the user authenti User s cation settings have been specified Jobs Register Select whether or not to allow registered Allow Restrict ing and recipients to be changed Changing Addresses Changing Select whether or not to allow stored Allow Restrict Zoom zoom ratios to be changed Ratio 12 28 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Expert Adjustment Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Original Image Density Specify the initial density of the quality of the document A density can be speci fied for each Orig Image Type setting Text 0 light to 5 dark 3 Text Photo 0 light
16. d 3 Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel 12 46 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm Adjusting the Half Fold Position The half fold position when printing with the Fold amp Staple function can be adjusted VY Use the Fold amp Staple function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment o The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Q Touch 2 Half Fold Position 5 The Half Fold Position screen appears Touch the button for the paper size to be set Half Fold Position Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 47 Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility 8 Press the Start key The test pattern is printed Q Touch Close The Half Fold Position screen appears again 10 Compare the width of the left pages of the copy sample with the width of the right pages to check for the center of the paper 11 Ifthe desire print r
17. on page 3 68 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 77 The binding margin width is automatically specified The 1 gt 2 Simplex Duplex setting is automatically selected 8 66 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To copy using the Booklet function Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the document refer to Positioning the Original on page 3 7 Load the paper to be used into the desired paper tray Touch Application Memory 100 guto Paper Select The Application screen appears Touch Booklet Pagination To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset Ready to copy Sheet cover 7 Chapter Insert The Booklet screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 67 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Touch Left Bind or Right Bind Menory 100 Touch OK If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 68 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 8 13 Erasing Specified Areas of Copies Erase Functions Copies can be produced by erasing unwanted areas around the original such as the folds in the original or the shadows of punched holes
18. 5 2 When the Message Misfeed detected Appears If amisfeed occurs during copying or printing the message Misfeed detect ed appears and the location of the misfeed is indicated in the screen mis feed screen At this time copying and printing cannot continue until the misfeed is ade quately cleared If paper misfeeds have occurred at multiple locations multiple and ar rows appear or flash The flashing O and arrow indicate locations where the paper misfeed should be cleared first Clear the paper misfeeds accord ing to the messages that appear in the guidance display area Illustration button Touch this button to display a screen that contains illustrations describing the recommended procedure for clearing the paper misfeed paper misfeed has been detected J 1001 enove the misfed aper H Secording to Ene guine Illustration Reload the paper stack in Manual bypass tray Illustration description area Guidance display area indicates the location of the paper Displays the basic procedures for misfeed and the arrow indicates the clearing paper misfeeds operation for clearing the misfeed amp Note The illustration above shows all O and arrows displayed however nor mally all marks will not appear Error codes may appear in the illustration description area of the JAM lo cation display screen For details contact y
19. Basic Copy Operations rap 2 p Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Finishing Setting Description Sort Select this setting to separate each set of a multi page original collated Refer to page 3 56 Group Select this setting to separate the copies of each page in a multi page original uncollated Refer to page 3 57 Offset lt lf no finisher is installed gt Copies are sorted in a crisscross pattern If the offset conditions are met printed copies are fed out alternating between a vertical and horizontal orientation in order to separate them Refer to page 3 53 p 3 57 lt lf a finisher is installed gt The copies are fed out and stacked on top of each other with each set shifted to separate it Refer to page 3 53 p 3 57 3 54 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Finishing Setting Description Face Up Select this setting to feed out copies with the front side facing up Refer to page 3 58 Staple Select one of these settings to bind the copies with a staple in the corner or with two staples Refer to page 3 59 cop Q p P
20. Before Making Copies 2 8 Loading Paper of a Different Size Into Paper Trays The paper loaded into the tray 3 and 4 can be changed to that of a different size Wad Note To load paper of a different size into the tray 1 and 2 and the LCT LU 401 LU 402 contact your technical representative Changing the Size of Paper That Is Loaded 1 Pull out the paper tray for the tray 3 or 4 Raise the paper take up roller Remove the trailing edge guide and then insert it at the position for the desired paper size Press the button to remove the trailing edge guide Insert the trailing edge guide into the hole correspond ing to the size indi cated on the bottom plate bizhub 750 600 2 51 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies 2 Before Making Copies 4 Load paper of the new size and then slide the lateral guide to fit the size of the paper Move the lateral guide while holding the release button pressed When the button is released the guide is locked in place When loading tab paper position the side with the tab facing the trailing edge guide Printed 5 Fully push in the paper tray f non standard sized paper thick paper tab paper or special pa per was loaded specify the settings for the loaded paper in the Pa per Type screen Refer to Specifying Paper Settings for Paper Trays on page 7
21. Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Horizontal Position When PK 505 is installed the horizontal position of the punched holes can be adjusted VY Use the Punch function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 3 Punch Adjustment The Punch Adjustment screen appears Touch 2 Punch Horizontal Position Punch Adjustment Administrator setting The Punch Horizontal Position screen appears 12 52 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch Test Copy Horizontal ion The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The Punch Horizontal Position screen appears again Check the punch positions in the sample copy If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val ue oN Ifthe punch positions are too far on the right side of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm 2
22. Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Feeding Out Copies Face Up Face Up Setting Copies can be fed out so that the front side faces up Y Either Sort or Group can be selected In the Basic screen touch Finishing 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 The Finishing screen appears Touch Face Up As the default setting Face Up is not selected Finished copies are fed out face down Printed copies are fed out face down To cancel the setting touch Face Up again to deselect it To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel 06722705 Ready to copy 15 31 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 58 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Stapling Copies Staple Settings Q Detail 4 to 12 1 4in width x 7 3 4 to 18in length n order for the copies to be stapled all of the following conditions must be met There are four Foolscap sizes 8 1 4 x 13 Ga 8 1 8 x 13 1 4 Ga 8 1 2 x 13 Gag and 8 x 13 ca Any one of these sizes can be selected For details contact the service representative If the Mixed Original setting is selected all copies must have the same paper width fa Staple setting is selected the Sort setting is automatically selected A Staple setting cannot be used together with the Offset setting f a Staple setting is to be selected select the orientation
23. O Touch Copy or press the 1 key in the keypad ServicevsAdminist Fator Tnformatiaon a 4 20 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations The Help Menu Copy screen appears Is there more infor mation about the buttons of the Help screens gt Refer to Overview of Help Screens on page 4 17 D 2 Touch the button for the desired information or press the key in the keypad for the number to the left of the desired information to display the corresponding Help screen After checking the Help information touch Exit or press the Help key The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 4 21 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations To display the Help screen while specifying a setting Help can be displayed for the copy settings that are being specified Display the setting screen for the desired copy setting and then press the Help key Help To view detailed de scriptions in the 4th O level of the Help screens touch De tail if it appears in the screen A Help screen containing details of the functions and operations Adjust Background Background color and density can be adjusted to stages and copied Density Density Density of the document can be adjusted to 9 stages an
24. O 51 O O O Of O OF O O Of O OF Oj O CO OF VIA O Of CO O O 52 O O A A O O Of O vjola ivi v VIA JO O 2 aao 53 single sided copies O O O Of O OF Of O Of O OF Of O O Oj O Of CO O OJ O J Yooo 54 double sided copies Of O O CO O Of Of O Of O OF Of OC O Oj O OF A O OF O YN oojoo 55 2in1 O O A A O A O O O Of Of A O O 8 O Of 48 Of 2 OF OA VI A 56 4in1 O Of A A OF A CO Of Of CO OF A Of Oj 6 O CO O O O WIA VIA 57 8in1 O Of A A Of A CO Of Of Of Of A O Of O CO O CO O V A 58 Booklet O JO A AJA A O O A O O A A A Of A A O A AYO A A A 59 OHP Interleave OOOO O OJO O A A A A O A A A O A 4 60 Insert Sheet Cover Interleave OQ Oj A A A O A O O A O O A O O A O A O 42 O O A 61 Insert Image O O A A A OF A O Of A OF Of A O CO O M O O CO A O Oj O 62 Chapters O Of A A A OF A CO Of A O Of A O Of Of A O O A A O l l o 63 Cover Mode O O A A A Of A Of Of A Of Of A Of Of Of O O O 64 Booklet Pagination O O A A A O A O O OJ CO O A O O A O OJ A O A O O A A ATA 65 mage Repeat Set Range O A A A A A O O O O O O A A A A ATO A O O A A A ATA DI ere O jAj4 4 4 A oja A A O A O O A 67 Image
25. One Touch Registration List For details refer to the Network Scanner Operations Facsimile Op erations and Box Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide 12 32 bizhub 750 600 Utility Note 3 User Box appears only if the hard disk drive is installed User Authentication Account Track General Settings Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Specify settings for user authentication and account track for con trolling the use of this machine User Authentication Select the user authentication method Public User Access Select whether or not the machine can be used an unregistered user Account Track Select whether or not account track is used to control the ma chine Account Track Input Method Select the account track authentication method Synchronize User Authentication amp Account Track Select whether or not user authentication and account track are linked of Counters Assigned for Users Adjust the number of users and accounts that can be registered User Authentication OFF ON External Serv er ON MFP Public User Access Restrict Allow Account Track OFF ON Account Track Input Method Account Name amp Pass word Password Only Synchronize User Authentication amp Ac count Track Synchronize Do Not Synchronize of Counters Assigned for Users 1 to 999 500 Q Detail The Public User Access
26. Printer controller IC 202 Allows this machine to be used as a network printer optional Local interface kit EK 701 Used for making a local connection between this machine and the computer bizhub 750 600 2 7 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Large Capacity Tray LU 401 LU 402 2 paws Bi 5 LCT LU 401 LCT LU 402 No Part Name Description 1 Upper door of the paper feed cab Opened when loading paper or clearing a paper inet misfeed 2 Left side door of the paper feed Opened when clearing paper misfeeds cabinet 3 LCT lever Lowered when clearing paper misfeeds 4 Paper guides Positions the sides of the paper to be loaded 5 Bottom plate lowering button Pressed to lower the bottom plate in the tray to load paper 6 Bottom plate Raised as the paper is used Lower by pressing the bottom plate lowering button 7 Trailing edge guide Positions the trailing edge of the paper to be load ed 2 8 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies Finisher FS 504 FS 602 Punch Kit PK 505 Finisher FS 504 Finisher FS 602 No Part Name Description 1 Finisher door Opened when clearing paper misfeed
27. The following Erase functions are available Erase Unwanted areas on all four sides of the original are erased Center Erase Non Image Area Erase The size of the original is detected and any area not part of the orig inal is erased bizhub 750 600 8 69 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions To erase specified areas of copies Erase function By using the Erase function the unwanted areas around the original can be erased The same width erased along all four sides of the original can be specified or a different width to be erased can be specified for each side of the original Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Touch Application og714705 Ready to copy 17 06 Hemory 100 Basic The Application screen appears Touch Erase To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset 06729705 Ready to copy PAIAS Menory 10l APPLi cation Book topyy image Repeat gin Adjustment Stanp Over lay i The Erase screen appears 8 70 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch Erase 29706705 Ready to copy
28. 14 28 Memory 100 The Erase screen appears Specify the area to be erased 06722 705 Set erase width using key ives Memory 214 116 12 Cancel To erase the same width along all four sides of the original touch Frame To specify a different width to be erased depending on the position specify different settings for Top Left Right and Bottom To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Erase function touch OFF What happens when Frame is selected gt The same width is erased on all four sides of the original The fac tory default setting is Frame If Frame is selected the same width is erased on all four sides of the original Can the settings be combined gt Frame cannot be combined with the other settings Top Left Right or Bottom Touch and or use the keypad to specify the width to be erased To specify that no part of a side is to be erased touch None Touch e to switch between the integer and the fraction touch and to specify the width to be erased and then touch OK Chapter 8 Application Functions bizhub 750 600 8 71 o D 2 e Application Functions Application Functions If a decimal value is displayed in the screen press the C clear key and then use the keypad to type in the settin
29. If a warning message appears indicating that settings cannot be combined those settings cannot be specified together As an example the procedure for selecting the 2 Position Staple setting af ter setting the Booklet function is described below Set the Booklet function os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 32 Memory 100 feelin Cation Sheet Cover A Neg Pos Chapter Inser Reverse image Adjustment a Select the 2 Position Staple setting os e2705 This mode is not available wi 15 36 User Box 4 The message This mode is not available with Booklet appears and the 2 Position Staple setting cannot be selected The Booklet function remains selected and the 2 Position Staple setting is canceled To select the 2 Position Staple setting cancel the Booklet function and then select the 2 Position setting 3 6 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 3 3 Positioning the Original The original can be fed in either of the following two ways Be sure to position the original correctly according to the type of original being copied Document Feed Method Features Using the ADF By using the ADF a multi page original can be fed automatically This feed method can also be used with sided original double sided original and is perfect for multi page double Using the original glass The documen
30. cssseeccessseeeeeessseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeesees 12 14 Syst m Setting tives Aen eens 12 14 Display Setting asrih iapa aeoaea daa aaa 12 19 Initial Setting eciccs hag secds inining onian aane aana aariaa 12 20 Copier Setting eiciccetecccss giciecenesstessacaeaieceneccnasueeevanecenesniaiaaeteanecesies 12 21 Scanner Setting smri cscs eaten Malaise 12 23 Printer Setting sarne nA adenine 12 23 Displaying the User Setting Screen 0 ei eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee 12 24 12 4 Specifying Administrator Settings cccssseeeessseeeeeesseeeeeeeeees 12 26 SYSTEM SettiNg maea eie aaa a aTa a a ra aa adea 12 26 Administrator Machine Setting cesseeeeeseeseeeeeneeeeseeeeeneeeeaees 12 32 One Touch Registration seseesseesessrerreerrrsrrnsrrnnrirnrrrnernnnernnne 12 32 User Authentication Account Track c cceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 33 Network Setting cncicscicsszecitceasciegetseices sceapencigenedeasaaetendabzsvendareaens 12 35 Gopier SettiNg iyara spannen Te ian a aea aO aa ced adevsitedees 12 35 Printer Setting mosii aina a e a et 12 36 System COnmection diseina r iraniane inaa aa aaae aana Tan 12 37 Security SOMING ic cccscececdeesceiccatdedestentare aieiaa aa aara a i 12 37 Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen sser 12 39 x 12 bizhub 750 600 Introduction 12 5 Adjusting the Printer cccsssseeeeessseeeeeeesseeeeeeeseneeeeeeseneeeeeesees 12 41 Adjusting the Starting Print Posi
31. e Setting Help screens from screens other than the Basic screen Overview of Help Screens The Help feature provides the following menus Main Help Menu screen 1st level Name and function GF Sach part Item Description Copy Scan Fax Box Job List Displays the Help menu for the corresponding mode Name and function of each part Displays the Help menu for the name and function of each part Use to check the description of the main unit and its options Service Administrator Information Displays the name extension number and e mail address of the administrator Maintenance Displays details on the procedures for replacing the toner car tridge and staple cartridge and emptying the punch dust box Q Detail Items in the Main Helo Menu and the Help Menu screens can be selected by touching the button or by pressing the key in the keypad for the number of the desired item Touch Exit to quit the Helo mode and return to the screen that was dis played before the Help key was pressed The Fax key is currently not available bizhub 750 600 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Additional Copy Operations Help Menu screen 2nd level Example Copy Functionality Map Item Description Basic Combine Originals Original Type
32. ies Memory 100 Save n s ser Box d Folding Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 56 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Separating Copies by Pages Group Setting y As the default Group is selected Yy If Offset is selected while no finisher is installed crisscross sorting will be performed Printed copies will be fed out and sorted in an alternating crisscross pattern if the following conditions are met 8 1 2 x 11 or 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 size paper is used Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the orientation in one paper tray and with the Qj orientation in another tray The Auto Paper Select setting is selected The Auto Paper Select setting is not selected when the Mixed Origi nal setting is selected Yy lf Offset is selected while a finisher is installed printed copies are fed out and stacked on top of each other with each set shifted to separate it In the Basic screen touch Finishing Ready to copy Basic Auto Paper Select The Finishing screen appears Touch Group To separate each set of pages touch Offset To cancel the Off set setting touch Offset again to deselect it 06722705 Ready to copy Jent Memory 100 Save in User BOX d Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 3 57 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations
33. one sided a R a z a Application Functions 8 6 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Q Detail Images can be inserted at a maximum of 30 locations within an original of up to 999 pages For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Original on page 3 7 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer and Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 17 To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset Reminder Position the original in order starting with the first page The copy will not be printed as desired if the original is position starting with the last page bizhub 750 600 8 7 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions To copy using the Insert Image function Load the main original the one that the other original will be inserted into into the ADF Touch Application og714705 Ready to copy T 06 Hemory 100 Folding The Application screen appears Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Ready to copy Stanp Over lay i The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears Touch Insert Image og722705 Ready to copy soli Henory Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert oH er eaved The Insert Image screen for specifying settings appear
34. os 22 05 Ready to copy 1a Memory 214 gree a Settings Te D bizhub 750 600 7 17 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original Touch Oversized Paper os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Paper Size Thin Paper BPeCi aity The Oversized Paper screen appears Select the size of the paper to be loaded and image adjustment To select a paper size in centimeters touch Metric The list of pa per sizes in centimeters appears Custom Size Agguetment To change the size touch Change Size The Change Size screen for oversized paper appears bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Specify the length X and width Y of the paper and then touch OK Touch X or Y touch to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to specify the size of the paper Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen and the specified value is outside the allowable range the message Input Error appears Type a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then spec ify the correct value o
35. parameter is not available if User Authentica tion is set to OFF and Synchronize User Authentication amp Account Track is set to Do Not Synchronize The Account Track Input Method parameter is not available if Account Track is set to OFF The Synchronize User Authentication amp Account Track and of Counters Assigned for Users parameters are not available if User Au thentication is set to OFF and Account Track is set to OFF When of Counters Assigned for Users is set to 50 950 accounts can be registered bizhub 750 600 12 33 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility User Authentication Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Adminis UserName Select whether or not a list of user ON OFF trative Set List names is displayed in the user authenti ting cation screen Default Operations that are possible with this Copy Allow Restrict Function machine can be limited when authenti Scan Allow Restrict Permission cating with an external server Print Allow Restrict User Box Allow Restrict User Registration Specify the password printing permis sions number of prints allowed and function permissions for each user of this machine User Counter The copy printer and scanner use for each user can be checked Account Trac
36. rectly detected Y Load the original into the ADF Y The length of the first page of the original is detected and all pages of the original are scanned at that size Position the original to be copied For details on load ing the original refer to To position the original into the ADF on page 3 7 auto Paper Select 3 Image User Box d i ini i l The Combine Originals screen appears bizhub 750 600 3 17 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Touch Z Folded Original oO ko i a To cancel the Z Folded Original setting touch Z Folded Original oO again to deselect it 2 Positioning Tabbed Original 2 Tabbed original including the tab can be copied onto tabbed paper D amp Position the original as lt shown in the illustration 2 Q For details on load O Hee O ing the original refer w to To position the aa original into the ADF on page 3 7 Position tabbed paper into a paper tray Tabbed paper can be loaded into the 3rd or 4th tray or the bypass tray For details refer to Specifying Paper Settings for Paper Trays on page 7 22 or Loading Paper Into the Bypass Tray on page 2 44 3 18 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations In the Basic screen touch Combine Originals Memory Folding The Combine Originals screen appears Tou
37. s Guide Enlarge Display Operations User s Guide Box Operations User s Guide Network Scanner Operations 1 each Installation Manual Working table Internal heater Sub power supply display la bels bizhub 750 600 6 9 Chapter 6 Specifications Z Jaydeyo peulbucQyedey Adoy 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original EEEN 7 Copy Paper Original 7 1 Copy Paper Use paper that meets the following specifications Possible Paper Sizes Custom sized paper Paper Source Paper Width Paper Length Bypass tray 3 15 16 in to 12 5 16 in 5 1 2 in to 18 in Tray 3 and 4 7 3 16 in to 12 3 8 in 5 1 2 in to 18 in LCT LU 401 10 in to 12 1 4 in 7 1 4 in to 8 3 4 in LU 402 8 1 4 in to 12 3 8 in 7 11 16 in to 18 in Double sided copies 4 1 4 in to 12 1 4 in 5 3 4 in to 18 in Standard sized paper Paper Source Paper Size Bypass tray 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 a q 8 1 2 x 14 at F4 1 A3 ato B6 A6 Tray 1 and 2 8 1 2 x 11 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 A4 D BSG A5 Q Tray 3 and 4 11 x 17 m to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 a 8 1 2 x 11 ca Q 8 1 2 x 14 cat F4 1 A3 ato A5 Q LCT LU 401 8 1 2 x 119 A4 D B5 Q LU 402 11 x 17 Gato 8 1 2 x 11 1 0 8 1 2 x 14 cat Fa A3 to A4 G W Double sided copies 11 x 17 to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 1 8 1 2 x 14 1 F4
38. 1 Punch Vertical Position Punch Unit Vert Position Punch Unit Hor Position Punch Adjustment The Punch Vertical Position screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 49 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Touch the button for the paper size to be set vertical ion Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The Punch Vertical Position screen appears again Check the sample copy for the punch positions and for the center of the paper If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val ue If the punch positions are too far above the center of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm 12 50 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Ifthe punch positions are too far below the center of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm Repeat steps 7 through 12 until the desired print results are achieved 14 Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm When PK 505 and ZU 602 are installed adjustments can be made using both the Punch Adjustment and Z Fold Position Adjustment param eters Contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 12 51
39. 2 Fen If 11 is specified as an insertion page with Copy selected 1 Side 2 Description Sides Setting 1 gt 1 The 11th page of the original is copied onto insertion paper that is in serted as the 11th page of the copy 1 gt 2 The 11th and 12th pages of the original are copied onto insertion paper that is inserted as the 6th page of the copy When 12 is specified this results in the same 2 gt 2 The 11th page of the original is copied onto insertion paper that is in serted as the 11th page of the copy Application Functions 2 gt 1 Only the front side of the 6th page of the original is copied onto inser tion paper that is inserted as the 11th page of the copy If 11 is specified as an insertion page with Blank selected 1 Side 2 Description Sides Setting Ts A blank page is inserted as the 12th page of the copy 1 gt 2 The 11th page of the original is copied as the front side of the 6th page of the copy and a blank page is inserted as the 7th page of the copy 2 gt 2 A blank page is inserted as the 12th page of the copy ae The front side of the 11th page of the original is copied as the 6th page of the copy and a blank page is inserted as the 7th page of the copy 8 16 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 One side original mee selected Two sides original Det
40. 4 Box key Press to enter Box mode While the machine is in Box mode the indicator on the Box key lights up in green For details refer to the Box Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide 5 Fax key Press to enter Fax mode While the machine is in Fax mode the indicator on the Fax key lights up in green The Fax key is currently not available 6 Scan key Press to enter Scan mode While the machine is in Scan mode the indicator on the Scan key lights up in green For details refer to the Network Scanner Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide 7 Copy key Press to enter Copy mode While the machine is in Copy mode the indicator on the Copy key lights up in green bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies No Part Name Description Reset key Press to clear all settings except programmed settings entered in the control panel and touch panel Interrupt key Press to enter Interrupt mode While the machine is in Interrupt mode the indicator on the Interrupt key lights up in green and the message Now in Interrupt mode appears on the touch panel To cancel Interrupt mode press the Interrupt key again Stop key Press the Stop key during copying to stop the copy operation Start key Press to start copying When this machine is ready to begin copying the indicator on the Start key lights up in green If the indicator on the S
41. For details on the function of each button refer to Job List Screens on page 11 2 To print a single sample copy of a stored job touch Proof Print in the Held Jobs list For more details refer to To print a sample copy of a stored job on page 11 13 To print the stored job touch Release Held Job in the Held Jobs list For more details refer to To print a stored job on page 11 15 To give priority for output to a job touch Increase Priority in the Active Jobs list For more details refer to To increase priority for printing on page 11 78 bizhub 750 600 11 11 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 11 Managing Jobs Job List To display Job History In the Basic screen touch Job List The Check Job screen appears Touch Job History The Job History screen appears Touch Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs or Active Jobs to display the desired list of jobs 19 32 Job Complete PET igiaa Job Complete 02717705 Deleted by 18 31 user Deleted Jobs Displays only jobs that were deleted before they were finished Finished Jobs Displays only jobs that were correctly completed Active Jobs Displays all jobs The history of jobs of the selected type is displayed 11 12 bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 To print a sample copy of a st
42. O O CO O Oj O v Y 25 Density Auto O O O CO O O O O Of CO O Of CO OF CO OF O O O O O 26 Density Density O O O CO O O O O Of CO O Of CO OF CO OF O ojojojo 27 Density Adjust Background O O O O O O O O Of O O Of O OF CO O O eNojoie 28 Text O O O O O O O O O CO O Of O O CO OF O viviv 29 Text Photo ojojojojo of o o o of of of of o of of of 30 Photo O O O 0 O O O O Of CO O Of CO OF CO OF O O v 31 Dot Matrix O O OC Oo 0 O O O Of CO O Of O O CO O O O 32 single sided originals O O O O O O O O Of CO O Of CO O CO O O O O 33 double sided original O O O O O O O O O CO O Of O OF CO OF O O O 34 Book Copy Separation ol o Ajojolojlojojojojojololololojoj OF A O Of O O CO OF O CO Of OF O 35 Book Copy Book Spread O O A O O O O O O O Of O O Of Of Of Of Of A Of Of Of Of Of Of Of CO Of O O 36 Mixed Original Of O O Of O O Of Of O CO Of O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O O CO O O CO OF OF O 37 Z Folded Originals O O M CO O Of CO O Of O O Of O O CO O Of CO O CO O O Of O OF CO CO OF O OC O 38 Tabbed Originals O O O A O O CO O Of O O Of CO O Of O Of Of O A O O CO O O CO CO CO CO O O 39 Original Size Setting O O O Cf O O CO O Of O O Of O O CO O Of CO O Of O O CO O O CO O CO CO CO O 40 Custom Size Originals O O O A O Of CO O Of Of O Of CO O
43. Reset Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined System Auto Reset Specify the desired length of time until the automatic system reset operation is performed e Priority Mode Select the setting for the mode that the machine enters when the auto matic system reset operation is per formed e System Auto Reset Time Specify the setting for the desired length of time until the automatic sys tem reset operation is performed Priority mode Copy Scan System Auto Reset Time OFF 1 to 9 minutes 1 minute Auto Reset Select the setting for the desired length of time until the automatic panel reset operation is performed for each mode Copy OFF 1 to 9 min utes _1 minute Scan OFF 1 to 9 min utes 1 minute Job Reset When ac count is changed Select whether or not the settings are re set when the user has changed This machine detects that the user has changed when the optional key counter has been removed or when the Access key is pressed after entering user au thentication and account track informa tion Reset Do Not Reset When orig inal is set on ADF Select whether or not the settings are re set when a document is loaded into the ADF Reset Do Not Reset When Next Job is se lected Staple Setting Select whether the same Staple setting from the previous job is set or the setting is canceled when that job begins
44. Touch Application Auto Paper Select The Application screen appears Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 06729705 Ready to copy 09 39 Booklet Stanp Over lay i The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears Touch Chapters og722705 Ready to copy ABIES Menory 21 Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert The Chapters screen for specifying settings appears 8 24 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Under Chapter Paper specify the paper tray loaded with paper for the first page of the chapters Set Chapter page using the Keypad max 30 Memory 214 Chapters If Copy Insert was selected the paper tray loaded with paper for the first page of chapters can be selected Continue with step 6 If None was selected the first pages of the chapters are printed on the regular paper used to copy the original Continue with step 9 To cancel changes to the copy settings Touch Cancel To cancel the Chapter function Touch OFF Touch Chapter Paper Set Chapter page using the Keypad max 30 Memory 214 Chapters The Chapter Paper screen appears Touch the button for the paper tray loaded with the paper for the chap ter title pages 06722705 Select paper for Chapter page saute Menor y bizhub 750 600 8 25 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 A
45. Touch Cancel bizhub 750 600 11 19 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 12 Z4 19 deyo AWN Chapter 12 Utility 12 Utility EL 12 Utility 12 1 Overview of Utility Mode List of Registration Information This section describes the buttons available when the Utility Counter key is pressed Q Note The buttons that appear in the screens differ depending on the specified settings For details on buttons marked with or refer to page 12 37 For details on displaying buttons marked with contact your technical representative Utility Counter One Touch Registra 1 Scan 1 Address 1 E Mail tion p 12 11 p 12 11 Book 2 FTP 3 SMB 4 User Box 2 Group 3 Program L 4 Subject Text 1 Subject for E mail U 2 Text 3 User Box 1 Public Per p 12 11 sonal User Box User Setting 1 System Set 1 Language p 12 14 ting p 12 14 Selection 2 Measurement Unit Setting 3 Paper Tray 1 Paper Type Paper Type Setting Paper Size 2 Auto Tray Select Setting 12 2 bizhub 750 600 Utility User Setting Cont 1 System Set 3 Paper Tray 3 Auto Tray ting Cont
46. i f Pan 5 bizhub 750 600 12 53 Chapter 12 Utility Utility Ifthe punch positions are too far on the left side of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm Repeat steps 7 through 11 until the desired print results are achieved 13 Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel x Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm When PK 505 and ZU 602 are installed adjustments can be made using both the Punch Adjustment and Z Fold Position Adjustment param eters Contact your technical representative 12 54 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Unit Vert Position When ZU 602 is installed the vertical position of the punched holes can be adjusted VY Use the Punch function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 3 Punch Adjustment The Punch Adjustment scree
47. inal Do not place objects exceeding 15 Ib on the original glass otherwise the original glass may be damaged If a book is placed on the original glass do not press it down extremely hard otherwise the original glass may be damaged 7 36 bizhub 750 600 g 10 10 1 suonouny uoleoddy 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions EE 8 Application Functions 8 1 Inserting Paper Between Overhead Projector Trans parencies OHP Interleave Function In order to prevent copies printed onto overhead projector transparencies from sticking together as a result of the heat that is produced during copying paper interleaf can be inserted between the transparencies Detail For details on loading overhead projector transparencies refer to Paper Types and Paper Capacities on page 7 3 Loading Paper Into the Bypass Tray on page 2 44 8 2 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To copy using the OHP Interleave function VY Finishing settings such as the Staple Punch and Folding settings can not be used The copies are fed into the main tray of optional finisher FS 504 FS 602 With the OHP Interleave function the original cannot contain pages of mixed sizes The Finishing setting cannot be changed The number of copies is set to 1 and cannot be changed One interleaf will be inserted between overhead projector tra
48. on page 3 22 XQ Note The number of punched holes differs depending on the country region where the unit is installed For details consult your technical representa tive The number of holes that can be punched differs depending on the type of punch kit installed If different hole punch settings are available select the setting for the desired use The procedure for selecting two punched holes is described below When Finisher FS 504 FS 602 and Punch Kit PK 505 are installed is installed Paper Weight Paper Size 13 1 4lb to 34lb 11 x 17m 8 1 2 x 14 8 1 2 x 11 0 5 1 2 x 8 1 2m 0 Exectiveta yj Foolscap Ga bizhub 750 600 3 63 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations To punch holes in copies In the Basic screen touch Finishing o6 14a 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Memory 100 The Finishing screen appears Touch 2 Hole or 3 Hole os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 31 10 To separate each set of pages and punch them touch Offset To cancel the setting touch Offset again to deselect it To cancel the Punch setting touch 2 Hole or 3 Hole again to deselect it To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch Position and then touch the button for the desired position os 22 05 Select Hole Punch and or Staple positioning 15 24 H 3 6
49. to 5 dark 3 Dot Matrix Original 0 light to 5 dark 2 Photo 0 light to 5 dark 1 Erase Ad Non Im Specify the conditions for erasing the Always Only When Auto justment age Area area framing the document size or x1 0 is selected Erase e Always No limits are specified Do Not Erase When x1 0 e Only When Auto size or x1 0 is select is selected ed The frame around the document is erased only if the Auto Zoom or x1 0 Zoom settings are selected e Do Not Erase When x1 0 is selected The frame around the document is erased only if a Zoom setting other than x1 0 is selected Non Im Select whether the areas framing docu Auto Specify age Area ments are erased How to Erase Erase Set Auto The frame is erased automati Diagonal Erase ting Cally Square Erase e Specify Select the erasing method Original Density and the document density In addi 1 light to 5 dark tion the density can be adjusted to 3 Std one of five levels ADF Frame Specify the frame width that is erased 0 to 5 mm 3mm Erase when using the ADF Printer Ad Leading The starting print position at the leading Normal 3 0 to 6 0 mm justment Edge edge of the paper with respect to the 0 0 mm Adjust paper feed direction can be adjusted in Thick paper 3 0 to 6 0 ment 0 1 mm increments Adjustments can be mm 0 0 mm specified for each paper type Centering The starting print position
50. until the Basic screen is displayed bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations To delete a copy program In the Recall Copy Program screen touch the button for the copy pro gram to be deleted Touch Del O6 f227 05 15 24 Recall copy program Recall Copy Program A message appears requesting confirmation to delete the copy pro gram Touch Yes 06722705 15 24 A Is it OK to delete this program abc The Recall Copy Program screen appears again The copy settings registered in the copy program are erased bizhub 750 600 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 5 Copying With Programmed Copy Settings Mode Memory To recall a stored job Programmed copy settings can be recalled to be used again for copying Position the original to be copied For details refer topage 3 7 Press the Mode Memo ry key The Recall Copy Pro Mode Memory gram screen appears E O Touch the button for the copy program registered with the desired copy settings os 22705 Recall copy progran ecall Copy Program If the copy settings in the selected copy program are not to be checked skip to step 8 4 14 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations Touch Check Job 6722705 15 24 Recall copy program Recall Copy Program The Mode Che
51. 1 10 3 OHP interleave essccscceseeseseeieeeee Legal restrictions on copying x 28 Operating environment 0 Lever M4 an essssteessssteesssnteeeesnies 2 5 2 53 Opt ONS niunnme vets ccansrdtncedts Local interface kit EK 701 04 2 7 Original direction settings LOW power MOE eceeeeeeeeeee teers 2 28 Original glaSS o eeeeeseeseeeeeeees M Original image type settings 3 45 Machine setting csscsscccssssoseseee 42 32 Original settings n e 3 15 Main power indicator c sssscc ccssesos0 2 15 OrigiNalS koi entea aea dianani 7 33 Main power switch 1 0 0 0 2 5 2 22 Oversized pap r Settings iets ly 7 29 Main tray Finisher ccceeeee 2 9 P Main unit 0 eee ceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 2 2 6 2 Page Margin wees Malfunction detected n s 5 2 Page NUMbEr sessseessesseeeseeeseeseeene Managing jobs cceeseeeeeeeeee 11 2 Paper Capacities c ccecsescessseeseeseeeeee Manual conventions se X 24 Paper Misfeed essccsseeesceesseeeseseeeee Margin settings cccccseceseeees 3 22 Paper Settings seecsessseessesseeseeesee Memory full ieissar niena 5 9 Paper S ZeS soiiiiiossssoooiiiirrereeen Message display time 00 4 28 Paper storage csssscsssssessssesssesessssee Messages ou seeeceeseseeeesteeeeeeeeeeeees 5 15 Paper take up roller Meter COUN cscscersessesreeeeseeees 10 6 Paper types oeeeeseeceeesesseeseesseeseteteseens Mist
52. 1 A3 m to A5 g Finisher FS 504 Main tray Sort and Group settings 11 x 17m to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga q 8 1 2 x 14m and F4 Offset Sort and Offset Group settings 11 x 17T to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2ca q 8 1 2 x 14T and F4 Staple 11 x 17m to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2Ga Punch 11 x 17m to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2Ga Q and 8 1 2 x 140 Sub tray Sort and Group settings 11 x 17m to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga q 8 1 2 x 14m and F4 7 2 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original Paper Source Paper Size Finisher FS 602 Main tray 1 2 x 14 and F4 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga y 8 1 2 x 14 Ga and F4 Sub tray 8 1 2 x 14 Ga and F4 BM tray 8 1 2 x 14 ca 8 1 2 x 11 Tri Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Ga Sort and Group settings 11 x 17 Ga to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga fy 8 Offset Sort and Offset Group settings 11 x 17 T to Staple 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga 8 1 2 x 14 Ga and F4 Punch 11 x 17 Ga to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 G and 8 1 2 x 14 Sort and Group settings 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Booklet Half Fold and Fold amp Staple settings 11 x 17 a Shift tray SF 601 11 x 17 Gi to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga and 8 1 2 x 14 Exit tray standard A3 to B6 A6 U 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 8 1 2 x 14 att F41 Any of the following paper sizes can be selected from the Administrator Settings screen Refer to page 12 26 e A4 e
53. 1 sheet with the Tri Fold setting Amount of shift 1 1 4 in Staple settings Paper sizes no of bound pages 11 x 17 Ga to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 W and 8 1 2 x 14 Ga 2 to 50 pages Power requirements Supplied from main unit Dimensions 16 3 4 in W x 25 3 4 in D x 39 in H Weight Approx 143 1 4 Ib Consumables Staples cartridge Punch Kit PK 505 Specifications Number of punched holes 2 holes or 3 holes Paper types Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib Thick paper 24 1 4 to 34 Ib Paper sizes 2 holes 11 x 17m to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 G y 8 1 2 x 14 Gand F4 3 holes 11 x 17m and 8 1 2 x 11 Power requirements Supplied from finisher bizhub 750 600 6 7 Chapter 6 Specifications Chapter 6 Specifications Specifications Specifications Dimensions 5 in W x 18 1 2 in D x 4 1 2 in H Weight Approx 6 1 2 Ib Z Folding Unit ZU 602 Specifications Number of punched holes 2 holes or 3 holes Paper types with hole punching Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib Paper sizes with hole punching 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2m and 8 1 2 x 142 Fold types Z fold Paper types with Z fold Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib Paper sizes with Z fold 11 x 170 8 1 2 x 1449 Power requirements Supplied from an external outlet Dimensions 6 3 4 in W x 26 in D x 36 1 2 in H
54. 2 2 eiS x gt aelel 8 3 5 HEE 2 2 2 2 m l 9 8 3 T 5 N 1 No of copies O O O Of O Of CO O CO O OF Of O OF CO O CO CO O CO O O 2 ADF ON Of Of OF CO Of Of O O CO CO Of CO O CO CO O CO CO OF O 3 Original glass O J Of Of OF CO Of Of O O CO CO OF CO O CO CO O CO O OF O 4 Auto Paper Select ojojo vivol vivi vivi vivi vivi vivi vivi vooo 5 Paper Tray Large capacity tray O O O YN O O Oj O O O Of O O CO O O OO 6 Multiple bypass tray ojojoj yN O Of Of O Of Of Of O Of Of Of Of Of O Of O O 7 Plain paper o ofofof ofoAJ ojojojo 8 Recycled paper O O O Yoo ojojojo 9 Fine paper ololoj vjolo PRE ojojojo 10 OHP OJOJO Y O O O O O 11 Labeled paper O O O O O O O O 42 Trace paper Olojo v O O O O O 13 Custom paper ofolol w olo O O O O 14 Tab Paper O O O O O O O O O 15 Letterhead O OC O O O O O O O 16 Special Paper O O O O O ojojojo 17 Thin paper O O O O O O O O O 48 Thick paper O O O VY O O OOOO 19 Colored Paper olololy olol pee m pan n E e r aS 20 Auto Zoom O O0 O O O0 O O O O O O CO O OJ O Y Y 21 x 1 0 O O O CO O O CO O O O O Of CO O Of O VIA VY 22 Enlarge and Reduce O O O O O OJO O O O OC O CO O O VI v 23 Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratio OJOJ O O O O O O O CO CO CO O O v v 24 Independent Zoom O JO O Yo O O O O CO
55. Application Displays the first Help screen for each description Functionality Map Displays the Function Map screen which contains a chart of the available functions and settings Q Detail The items displayed in the Help menu for the Name and function of each part differ depending on the options that are installed To display the next screen higher in the menu structure touch Help screens 8rd level Example Copy then Basic Basic Density Adjust Background Background color and density can be adjusted to 9 stages and copied Density Density of the document can be adjusted to 9 stages and copied Allows a user to select the type and size of a document bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations Q Detail The numbers to the right of the screen title 1 4 in the previous screen indicate the number of the currently displayed screen total number of Help screens for the displayed item To display the previous screen touch Back To display the next screen touch Fwd To view detailed descriptions in the 4th level of the Help screens touch Detail if it appears in the screen Function maps Example Copy 1 The help screen pecified ith Pi Specifi i Density 2 the keypad iS displayed Paper 3 Change settings 4 for selected ray Zoom 5 une fe gare o f7
56. CAUTION The outlet must be near the equipment and easily accessible Otherwise you can not pull out the power plug when an emergency occurs 1 4 bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions Power plug WARNING e Do not unplug and plug in the power cord with a wet hand as an electrical shock could result Y e Plug the power cord all the way into the power outlet Failure to do this could result in a fire or electrical shock CAUTION e Do not tug the power cord when unplugging Pulling on the power cord could damage the cord resulting in a fire or electrical shock e Remove the power plug from the outlet more than one time a year and clean the area be tween the plug terminals Dust that accumu lates between the plug terminals may cause a fire Grounding WARNING e Connect the power cord to an electrical outlet that is equipped with a grounding terminal bizhub 750 600 1 5 Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Installation and Operation Precautions Installation AWARNING Do not place a flower vase or other container that contains water or metal clips or other small metallic objects on this product Spilled water or metallic objects dropped inside the product could result in a fire electrical shock or breakdown Should a piece of metal w
57. CO O Of Of O A O O CO O O Cf CO OF CO O O 41 Group OQ O O Of Of O CO O Of O O Of O O Of O Of CO O Of O O Of O Of Cf O OF CO OF O 42 Sort OQ O O Of Of O CO O Of Of O Of O O Of O Of CO O Of O O Of O Of Cf O OF CO O O bizhub 750 600 13 5 Chapter 13 Appendix Appendix ojojo eee O O yepjoog uig Luly ojo og O O bulge bizhub 750 600 Cory Mode O O O ojojo OjO saidoo papis ajqnop saidoo papis a 6uls PIOS HL ojo 4A ojajojojo PIOA Z PIOs HeH dN aoe AJO yound O AjojaAjaAjajojojojojojo ojojo aideig 8 ploy uontsog Z a de1s 49ul09 9a de1S Finishing Settings SSOJDSSUD IOSHO paylysesyo OO O Of Of O Of O O CO O O CO O OF O wos O O O O O O O O O v v v v dnog ojojojojojojojojojojojojojojoj ojojo s eUIBUO ZIS WOSND Y O O O O Of O O Of Of O Of Of O CO Of O O O V V O O Of Of O Of Of 4 O 4 O O Of Of A A AJA Bum s ezis euu AIA AO O Of A O Of O Of Of O Of O OC Of O O O O sleu buo peqqel V Al A A Oj A A O O A O O A O A OC O VY VIA sjeulBUQ pep o4 Z O A O Of Of O O CO Of O A Of O A Of A O Of A A ATA feulBud paXIN Y O D A O Of O Of CO A OF O A OC O A OC A OF
58. Check the distance a from the starting print position of the test pat tern to the edge of the paper 11 Ifthe desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment To increase distance a touch To reduce distance a touch To scroll through the values quickly touch or continuously 12 Repeat steps 7 through 11 until the desired print results are achieved 13 gt Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel The print position is adjusted xX Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm 12 42 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Adjusting the Starting Print Position at the Left Edge The starting print position at the left edge of the paper with respect to the paper feed direction for each paper tray can be adjusted Y The starting print position is adjusted during manufacturing of the ma chine Normally this position will not need to be adjusted Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 3 Printer Adjustment The Printer Adjustment screen appears Touch 2 Centering The Centering screen appea
59. Display the list containing the job whose details are to be checked Select the job whose details are to be checked and then touch Detail Ifan incorrect job was selected select a different job or touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it The Check Detail screen appears Waiting Pi 027187035 Waiting 19 38 Waiting ae After the desired information has been checked touch Close or Exit or press the Reset key To return to the Job List screen touch Close To return to the Basic screen touch Exit or press the Reset key PBe CE Check Betail liete Q Detail To delete a queued job or job being performed touch Delete in the Check Detail screen 11 10 bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 To display Current Jobs Held Jobs and Active Jobs lists The lists of received print jobs for Copy mode and for computer printing is displayed In the Basic screen touch Job List The Job List screen appears Touch Held Jobs or Active Jobs to display the desired list of jobs Waiting EEN 02718705 Waiting 19 238 Waiting o2 Held Jobs Displays only stored jobs Active Jobs Displays only jobs that are being performed The current list of jobs of the selected type is displayed Q Detail
60. Erasing sections of copies The transmission information in received faxes and the shadows from punched holes and from the bindings and edges of books can be erased in copies For details refer to Erasing Specified Areas of Copies Erase Functions on page 8 69 Printing distribution text on copies Each copy set can be printed with distributions numbers page numbers or the date For details refer to Printing the Date Time Page Number or Distribution Number on Copies Stamp Overlay Functions on page 8 77 Managing jobs The print status of copy jobs can be checked and the jobs can be managed For details refer to Managing Jobs Job List on page 11 2 bizhub 750 600 Introduction Programming copy settings Frequently used copy settings can be programmed and recalled to be used with other copy jobs For details refer to Registering Copy Programs Mode Memory on page 4 10 Checking the copy settings Screens showing the current copy settings can be displayed From these screens the copy settings can also be changed For details refer to Checking the Copy Settings Mode Check on page 4 2 Enlarging the size of text in touch panel screens The text and buttons in the touch panel can be displayed in a larger size that is easier to read allowing basic copy operations to be easily performed For details refer to the Enlarge Display Operations of the biznub750 600 User
61. O CO CO O CO CO O OF O 83 Interrupt Mode Of O O Of O O CO O Of O Of Of OC O CO O CO CO O CO CO O Of CO O OF O 84 Mode Memory 85 Mode Memory recall 86 HDD Store O O O Of O Of O O Of O OF CO O O Oj O OC CO O CO CO O Cf O OF OF O bizhub 750 600 13 9 Chapter 13 Appendix Appendix O O Q O O O O O O O O O O 8101S AAH ire221 Lowa epo Aowa epo O O O Y O apo idneyu ueos ayeredas yIBUUETeM ACLOAQ dwueIS w ayeq AeyeaQ dweis bizhub 750 600 Printing Number Stamp dures ul ying AeyanQ dueis eBeg Aeyangsdweis Buuequinyn jes Ae yeaQ dweis uone Oy ON Buuayued uien Ups upien abed O O Of O O Of O O Of O O O V O sBunjes uonoaig Jeulbuo A A O O O Of Of O Of O O Of 0 O Edit Image ueg Ina O j4A O0j0jojo0jo ojojojojolo o Yo esely ealy ebew UON Other 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 O A A Of O Of Of Of A A A A A O O YO se14 19 4u99 Ss813 O OjlAjAjajalal AO A A AY A A O O O SIBABY SOd 69N Edit Color 68 eadey eedey ebew 67 Q9319q z euio Ny yeaday ew v jv O JO 66 viv O OjA AjAlojo
62. OK If Public User Access appears users with no access to a user name and password can touch Public User Access to use this machine Q Note faccount track settings have been applied a screen for entering account information appears bizhub 750 600 2 35 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies 2 Before Making Copies Using the Machine With Account Track If user authentication or account track has been set by the administrator only users of registered accounts can use this machine VY When user authentication or account track has been set only users that enter passwords for specified accounts can use this machine Y Contact your administrator for account passwords Y A total of 1000 users and accounts can be registered Touch Account Name Ifthe Administrator mode settings have been set to Password On ly touch Input and then continue with step 4 nput Account Name and Password o login O06 722705 15 24 E os722705 Input Account Password to login 15 A Type in the account name and then touch OK 2 36 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies Touch Password Press the Access key The input screen disap pears and the Basic Access screen appears C Make copies using the desired copy settings bizhub 750 600 2 37 Chapter 2 Before Making Copie
63. Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of CO O Of Of Of O Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of O Of O Of O O Of Of O Of Of Of O O Of Of O Of O O Of O OC Cf O CO O O Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O OF Of O OF Of O Of O O Of O O Of O OF O O Of O Of Of O Of O O Of O OF Of CO OF Of O Of O O Of O O Of O O O O O Of Of Of O Of Of Of Of CO B Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of CO O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of CO Of Of Of Of O Of O Of Of O O CO CO O O O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O O Of O Of Of Of O CO Of O CO O 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 O Of Of O Of Of O O Of O O Of O O Of OF O CO OF O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Oj O Of Of CO O OC OF O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of CO OJ O AJA v olv oOjv v O O O O ojo oo Y ojalajajafa sjeulBio papis a 6uls OJOJOO y vv O O O O v O CO Of O B Of O oo O O Of O O Of O O O Setting selected later No of copies O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O g 2 EJ E 3 wo 27 Density Adjust Background 28 Text 35 Book Copy Book Spread 4 Auto Paper Select 6 Multiple bypass tray 7 Plain paper 8 Recycled paper 9 Fine paper 22 E
64. Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Storing the Desired Zoom Ratio Three frequently used zoom ratios and the zoom ratio for the Minimal set ting can be stored Y Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input Error appears Type in a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value VY The default zoom ratios x4 000 x2 000 and x0 500 are stored When a new zoom ratio is stored it overwrites the zoom ratio stored with the se lected button Y To store a Minimal zoom ratio type in the desired zoom ratio between x0 900 and x0 999 In the Basic screen touch Zoom Saue in A User Box a Folding The Zoom screen appears Touch XY Zoom os 22 05 Ready to copy 3123 Menory x0 250 F 4 000 Gan E The Zoom screen appears 3 38 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Touch the button under Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratio and then use the keypad to type in the desired zoom ratio between x0 250 and x4 000 os 22 05 Enter zoom ratio using the Keypad 15 24 M Set Zoom To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch Set Zoom The Set Zoom screen appears Touch the button or Minimal where the new zoom ratio is to be stored 06 22 05 pager zoom Value and press the
65. Paper Type For details on displaying the Paper Tray Setting screen refer to To display the Paper Tray Setting screen on page 7 22 For details on changing the paper size for the tray 3 and 4 refer to Loading Paper of a Different Size Into Paper Trays on page 2 51 Paper Tray Setting The Paper Type screen appears Touch the button for the tray 3 and then touch Paper Size Paper Type Size Setting The Paper Size screen appears bizhub 750 600 7 29 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original Touch Oversized Paper The Paper Size screen that appears differs depending on the paper size type that is selected Paper Size Standard Size l Buttons for the available paper sizes appear Select the size of the paper to be loaded Touch X or Y in Change size touch lt gt to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to specify the size of the paper Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 If a decimal value is displayed in the screen and the specified value is outside the allowable range the message Input Error appears Type a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly
66. Q oae con 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 1 Replacing the Toner Cartridge When the toner is about to run out the warning message shown below ap pears Replace the toner cartridge o2 18 05 Ready to copy 17 55 o2 D 2 p AUTO Paper Select Q Detail Some copies can be printed between the time that the message Toner Cartridge needs to be replaced appears until the time that the message Replace the Toner appears However it is recommended that the ton er cartridge be replaced when the message Toner Cartridge needs to be replaced appears When the message Replace the toner appears the machine is stopped When the toner is empty the warning message shown below appears and copies can no longer be made There is no Toner Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 2 bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Q Detail For details on replacing the toner cartridges refer to To replace the toner cartridge on page 9 4 Display in Enlarge Display Mode When the toner is empty the screen shown below appears There is no Toner Open the front door and replace Toner Cartridge Bap Fy Touch to display the message enlarged There is no Toner
67. Repeat Repeat ofalalalala o alalala Aalolalof lolfa al ala a 68 Neg Pos Reverse OO A AJ O CO O 0 O O O Of Of Of Of Of Of Of A O Of O CO O O 69 Erase Center Erase O O O CO O OF O O O Of O O CO O CO CO O Of CO O Of O OF OF O 70 Non Image Area Erase O A O C O A A V O O A Of O GB O O G O O Of Of A A AT A 71 Full Scan O O A A O OF O O 0 O A O Of O Of CO O Of CO O Of O O OF O 72 Original Direction Settings O O A A O O O O O O O Of CO O Of Of O CO CO O CO CO OF O O 73 Page Margin O O O Of O O O O O O O O O Of O O Of CO O Of O OF O 74 Edit Margin O O O Of O Of CO O Of O Of Of OC O CO O Of CO O CO CO O Cf CO OF OF O 76 NoRotaton fof Jo Of off of of O o oof of of of wlofofofofal fala 77 Stamp Overlay Set Numbering O O O O O O CO O CO A Of CO Of CO CO O Of O OJ Of CO CO O OF oloo 78 Stamp Overlay Built in Stamp O sae O oae Of O Of CO O O CO O Of O O Of CO O Of O OF OF O 79 Stamp Overlay Page O O O A O Of CO O Of O OF Of OC O CO O Of CO O CO CO O CO CO OF OF O 80 Stamp Overlay Date Time O O O A O O O O CO Of Of CO CO O O OC Of O O Of O O CO CO CO CO 81 Stamp Overlay Watermark O O O O A O O O CO Of Of O CO O O CO Of O O Of O O CO Of CO CO O 82 Separate Scan O O O Cf O Of CO O Of O Of Of CO O CO O Of CO
68. Setting Cont Switch ON OFF 4 No Matching Pa per in Tray Setting 5 Print Lists 4 Reset 1 System Setting Auto Reset 2 Auto Reset L 3 Job Reset When Account is changed When Original is set on ADF When NEXT Staple Setting JOB is selected Original Set Bind Direction Reset Data After Job SJLCD Backlight Setting 6 Power Save Low Power Setting Mode Setting L Sleep Mode Setting 7 Output 1 Print Fax Print Setting Output Setting 2 Exit Tray Setting 8 Data Time Setting 9 Daylight Saving ime Setting 0 Original Im age Density 2 Display Set 1 Sub Screen ting p 12 19 Display ON OFF 2 Scan Basic Default Tab Screen Default Seeing Program Default Address Book Default Index Address Type Symbol Display L 4 Copy Screen _ Copy Operat ing Screen 3 Initial Setting p 12 20 bizhub 750 600 12 3 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 12 Utility User Setting Cont 4 Copier Set ting p 12 21 Auto Booklet ON When Fold amp Staple Auto Zoom for Combine Booklet Sort Group Auto Change Auto Zoom Platen Auto
69. Shows the total number of printouts made e Large Size Shows the total number of printouts made on large sized pa per Scan e Total Shows the total number of pages scanned the total number of pag es printed e Large Size Shows the total number of large sized pages scanned the to tal number of pages printed bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 To check the counter Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 4 User Authentication Account Track The User Authentication Account Track screen appears Touch 3 Account Track Setting The Account Track Setting screen appears Touch 2 Account Track Counter The Account Track Counter screen appears Touch the button for the desired account To clear the counters for all accounts touch Reset All Counters in the Account Track Counter screen containing a list of all accounts A confirmation message appears asking whether the counters should be cleared To clear the counters for all accounts touch Yes The maximum number allowed is not cleared The Account Track Counter screen for the selected account appears Touch the button for the counter to be viewed and then check the counter To clear the counters for the current account touch Clear Counter in the Account Track Counter screen for the current account A con
70. Symbol Display ner Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Copy Screen Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Copy Operating Screen Select the screen that is displayed while printing e ON A copy job can be reserved by touching Program Next Job in the screen with the message Now print ing which appears during printing e OFF A copy job can be reserved while the Basic screen in Copy mode is displayed ON OFF bizhub 750 600 12 19 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Initial Setting Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Specify the default settings for Copy mode The copy settings selected when the machine is turned on the pow er switch is set to or the Reset key is pressed can be specified e Current Setting The settings specified from the touch panel before Utility mode was entered are set as the default settings for Copy mode e Factory Default The factory default settings are set as the default settings for Copy mode Current Setting Factory Default x Reminder To change the default settings for Scan mode press the Scan key en ter Utility mode and then select a setting for this parameter Q Detail For details on the default settings and the factory default settings refer to Automatically Canceling the Settings Automatic Panel Res
71. The indicated tray has run out of paper Load paper into the indicated tray See p 2 39 p 2 41 p 2 44 p 2 48 Replace the Toner Car tridge Since the toner has run out the machine is unable to make copies Replace the toner cartridge Stapler empty Replace Staple Cartridge or can cel Staple mode The staples have run out Replace the staple cartridge See p 9 7 bizhub 750 600 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting Te 2 2 Sa Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Message Cause Remedy Misfeed detected Since a paper misfeed oc curred the machine is unable to make copies Clear the paper misfeed See p 5 5 Malfunction detected Please call your Techni cal Representative The machine malfunctioned and is unable to make copies Inform your technical representative of the code displayed on the touch panel If any message other than those listed above appears perform the operation described in the message If the problem is not corrected after the described operation is performed contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 6 Specifications 9 Jaydeyo suoljeoiioeds Chapter 6 Specifications 6 Specifications 6 Specifications 6 1 Specifications bizhub 750 600 Specifications Type Console Document holder Stationary
72. Touch Custom Size Paper Size Select paper size for Tray 3 The Paper Size screen that appears differs depending on the paper size type that is selected Type in the length X and width Y of the paper Touch to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to type in the length of side X 5 1 2 in to 18 in Touch e to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to type in the length of side Y 7 3 16 in to 12 3 8 in Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the length For details on switching between decimal and fraction values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 If a decimal value is displayed in the screen and the specified value is outside the allowable range the message Input Error appears Type a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then spec ify the correct value Paper Size Oversized Paper Touch OK 7 28 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 To select a setting for oversized paper Oversized Paper settings If paper larger than a standard size is being used in the tray 3 and 4 specify a setting for oversized paper The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for oversized paper loaded into the tray 3 In the Paper Tray Setting screen touch 1
73. Utility Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Unit Hor Position When ZU 602 is installed the horizontal position of the punched holes can be adjusted VY Use the Punch function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 3 Punch Adjustment The Punch Adjustment screen appears Touch 4 Punch Unit Hor Position Punch Adjustment Administrator setting The Punch Unit Hor Position screen appears 12 58 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch Test Copy Punch Hor Pi The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The Punch Unit Hor Position screen appears again Check the punch positions in the sample copy If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val ue nA Ifthe punch positions are too far on the right side of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm 2 i f Pan
74. a Combine Originals Setting Original images of multiple pages 2 4 or 8 pages can be combined and printed on a single page reducing paper use Q Detail When a Combine Originals setting is selected the recommended zoom ratio is selected and the document image is copied at a reduced size The recommended zoom ratios for each setting are listed below 2in 1 x0 707 4 in 1 x0 500 8 in 1 x0 353 x Note The default setting is the recommended zoom ratio As the default setting the Combine Originals settings cannot be used to gether with the x1 0 Enlarge Reduce or XY Zoom Zoom with Con stant X and Y Ratio and Independent Zoom settings To use the settings together set the Auto Zoom for Combine Booklet parameter in Utility mode to OFF For details refer to Copier Setting on page 12 27 3 50 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations The following three Combine Originals settings are available Combine Originals Setting Description 2in1 Select this setting to print two original pages on one page 4in1 Select this setting to print four original pages on one page The page arrangement Numbering Direction settings can be specified lt Horizontal gt lt Vertical gt 8in1 Select this setting to print eig
75. and Operation Precautions For Users in countries not subject to Class B regulations WARNING This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures This device must be used with a shielded network 10 Base T 100 Base TX cable and a shielded parallel cable The use of non shielded cables is likely to result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited under CISPR rules and local rules Laser Safety This product employs a Class 3B laser diode having maximum power of 15 mW and wavelength of 770 800 nm This product is certified as a Class 1 laser product Since the laser beam is concealed by protective housings the product does not emit hazardous la ser radiation as long as the product is perated according to the instructions in this manual For Denmark Users ADVARSEL Usynlig laserstraling ved bning nar sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af funktion Undg uds ttelse for sr ling Klasse 1 laser produkt der opfylder IEC 60825 1 sikkerheds kravene Dansk Dette er en halvlederlaser Laserdiodens h jeste styrke er 15 mW og b lgel ngden er 770 800 nm For Norway Users ADVARSEL Dersom apparatet brukes p annen m te enn spesifisert denne bruksan visning kan brukeren utsettes for usynlig laserstr ling som overskrider grensen for laser klass 1 Dette en halvleder laser Maksimal effekt till laserdiode
76. and being performed allowing you to check the current status of the machine Job History Lists jobs that have been completed including jobs that were not per formed due to an error allowing you to check the history and results of all jobs e The type of jobs to be displayed can be selected from the Current Jobs list and Job History list For example the lists of stored jobs and active jobs are displayed in the Current Jobs list on the Print tab and the lists of deleted jobs completed jobs and all jobs are displayed in the Job His tory list The types of jobs that can be selected differ depending on the selected tab e The function of each button in the Job List screens is described below A selected button indicates which job list is currently displayed Held Jobs Active Jobs Increase Priority Delete and Check Job appear in the Current Jobs list on the Print tab Printing Wagers 02718705 19 38 Waiting Waiting bia FI Waiting bizhub 750 600 11 3 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 11 Managing Jobs Job List Name Description Print Displays the Print tab of the Job List screen Scan Displays the Scan tab of the Job List screen For more details refer to the Network scanner volume of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide RX User Box Displays the RX User Box t
77. and the settings for the next job can be speci fied ON OFF Original Set Bind Direction Select whether the same Original Direc tion and Margin settings from the previ ous job are set or the settings are canceled when that job begins and the settings for the next job can be speci fied ON OFF Reset Data After Job Select whether the same settings for a scan operation from the previous job are set or the settings are canceled when that job is completed and the settings for the next job can be specified However even if OFF is selected the destination is cleared ON OFF 12 16 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 XQ Reminder If System Auto Reset is set to OFF the Enlarge Display mode is not canceled In addition user authentication and account track are can celed after 1 minute even if System Auto Reset is set to OFF LCD Backlight Setting Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Adjust the brightness of the touch panel backlight to one of 16 levels 1 16 8 Note LCD Backlight Setting appears only if the Administrator Security Level parameter displayed from the Administrator Setting screen is set to Level 1 or Level 2 Power Save Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Low Power Mode Set Specify the desired length of time until 1 to 240 minute
78. appears Touch Tri Fold O06 f22 05 16 19 Ready to copy Memory 100 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Z Fold setting touch the button for a different set ting Touch OK The Basic screen appears again When finisher FS 602 and Z folding unit ZU 602 are installed Paper Weight Paper Size Number of Folded Sheets 16lb to 21 1 4Ib 8 1 2 x 11 3 sheets 21 1 4 to 28lb 1 sheet Number of Folded Sheets Maximum Number of Sets 1 sheet 50 sets bizhub 750 600 3 71 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations oO D 2 p Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations 3 13 Scanning the Next Original To Be Copied While a Copy Job Is Being Printed Next Job Reservation The settings for the next copy job can be specified and the document can be scanned while a copy operation is being performed so that it can be printed once the current copy operation is finished To reserve a copy job Y Upto 51 copy jobs including the current copy job can be reserved Y A copy job can be reserved after scanning of the positioned original is fin ished A copy job cannot be reserved while an original is being scanned Y If Utility Setting parameter Copy Operating Screen is set to ON Pro gram Next Job appears Touch Program Next Job and then specify the copy settings for the ne
79. appears The specified binding margin width is the binding margin width at the center of the page If the Auto Zoom for Combine Booklet function was set to Auto Display Zoom Ratio these set tings cannot be combined The setting specified last is given priority If OFF was selected the set tings can be combined If the Book Copy function is specified the Non Image Area Erase function and Centering set ting are automatically specified If they are unnecessary they can be canceled If the number of copies is set to 1 the Offset setting can be selected but it is not applied In order to scan the original placed on the original glass the Z Folded Original setting is not ap plied If a copy program is recalled copies are produced with the currently selected paper tray setting If the paper size that is selected is not compatible with the Staple or Punch settings the settings can not be combined If PK 505 was installed and a function that uses paper from multiple paper trays is set at the same time as a Punch setting a warning message may appear and the settings cannot be specified For details contact your technical representative The settings can be combined if None is selected under Chapter Paper The settings cannot be combined if Copy Insert is selected under Chapter Paper If the Chapters function is specified first a warning message appears
80. applied and the machine is set so that jobs cannot be deleted by other users the job is not deleted bizhub 750 600 11 7 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 11 Managing Jobs Job List To check the job settings Job settings for stored jobs jobs being printed jobs queued to be printed and held jobs can be checked In the Basic screen touch Job List The Job List screen appears Display the list containing the job whose settings are to be checked Select the job whose settings are to be checked and then touch Check Job Ifan incorrect job was selected select a different job or touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it The Check Job Details screen appears The contents and number of Check Job Details screens differ de pending on the job that was selected The number to the left of Back indicates the number of the cur rently displayed screen the total number of screens To display the previous screen touch Back To display the next screen touch Fwd Print IL Printing 718s 19 39 Waiting 02718705 19 38 Waiting 02718703 19 38 Waiting 19 39 To finish checking the settings touch Close or Exit or press the Re set key To return to the Job List screen touch Close To return to the Basic
81. arani ieas i aai 1 2 Warning and Precaution Symbols ssssesssssesesreeerrssrresrrrerrrsrrnsrrrnsenne 1 2 Meaning of Symbols 000 0 eeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeeeseaeeeeeneeeseneeeeaeees 1 2 1 2 Regulation Notices i 2 lt icciscus cececcecsdesccet caczecteccensdesescetsctnupeceescetcoderset 1 9 CE Marking Declaration of Conformity for Users of the European UMOM EW coiis secre a asaan neta a la a ra eaa E 1 9 USER INSTRUCTIONS FCC PART 15 RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES For U S A USCIS iier iiini oreroraa aneian an aapi aiaiai ia 1 9 INTERFERENCE CAUSING EQUIPMENT STANDARD ICES 003 ISSUE 4 For Canada Users cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 9 For Users in countries not subject to Class B regulations 1 10 Las r Safety esris sheds beecadasbevea shins peuctdhseighassndhinavetcefeasleels 1 10 OZONE REICASE ciasna eea iaaa iiaia ea iaaeaie a eaaa A Aaike aa 1 12 Acoustic noise For European Users Only ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 12 1 3 Caution Notations and Labels sssssnssssnunnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 1 13 1 4 Space Requirements s ssssnssssnnnnennnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nna 1 14 1 5 Operation Precautions sssssnnesenunnrennnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nna 1 16 POWGFSOUNCE ceive con ea cet R aaa ea AAE ian 1 16 Operating Environment ceeseeeesseeeeneeeeneeeeeneeeesneeeeneeeeeeersaes 1 16 Storage Of Copies isisisi anorani eaaa rane ia con
82. are displayed Touch a tab or button to display the corresponding screen for specifying the settings Image display An image of the specified settings such as stapling and hole punching are displayed Finishing key Touch to specify settings for sort group offset stapling or hole punching See p 3 53 Folding key Touch to specify the function for folding and bind ing pages tri fold folding zigzag Z Flod folding bizhub 750 600 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies No Item Name Description 8 Save in User Box key Touch while outputting scanned original data to Appears only when the hard disk save the data in a box drive is installed Various commands are available to specify the box where the data is to be saved and whether or not the data is printed when it is saved For details re fer to the Box Operations of the bizhub 750 600 Us er s Guide 9 Separate Scan key Touch to scan the original in separate batches An original scanned in different batches can be treated as a single copy job See p 3 11 10 Icon display area Icons indicating the status of jobs and the machine are displayed Icons That Appear in the Touch Panel Icon Description Indicates that data is being sent from the machine regardless of the cur rent mode Indicates that this machine is receiving data rega
83. at the left edge 6 4 to 6 3 mm 0 0 mm of the paper with respect to the paper feed direction can be adjusted in 0 1 mm increments Vertical If the copy image is distorted stretched or compressed the paper Adjust feed speed and printing speed can be synchronized to adjust the ment copy image For details on making this adjustment contact your technical representative Horizontal If the copy image is distorted stretched or compressed the zoom Adjust ratio in the transverse document feed direction can be adjusted For ment details on making this adjustment contact your technical represent ative 2nd Side Size Adjust The 2nd side size can be adjusted for Tray 1 to 4 Bypass LCT ment each tray key No Selection 0 1 0 2 0 3 bizhub 750 600 12 29 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Finisher Center The stapling position when printing with 12 8 to 12 7 mm Adjust Staple the Fold amp Staple function can be ad 0 0 mm ment Position justed in 0 1 mm increments FS 602 Half Fold The center folding position when printing 12 8 to 12 7 mm Position with the Fold amp Staple function can be 0 0 mm adjusted in 0 1 mm increments FS 602 Punch Ad Adjust the positions of the punched Punch Vertical Position justment holes 5 0 to 5 0 mm 0
84. batches A maximum of 100 original pages can be loaded into the ADF at one time However by copying with the Separate Scan setting an original that ex ceeds 100 pages can be scanned and treated as a single copy job In addi tion the scanning location can be switched between the original glass and the ADF during the scanning operation Yy Do not load more than 100 sheets or so many sheets that the top of the stack is higher than the mark otherwise an original misfeed or damage to the original may occur e eels Position the original to be copied When using the original glass place the first page of the original on the original glass with the side to be copied facing down When using the ADF load the original with the pages in order and the first page on top Up to 100 sheets can be loaded at one time In the Basic screen touch Separate Scan auto Paper Select Tocancelthe Separate Scan setting touch Separate Scan again to deselect it bizhub 750 600 3 11 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Press the Start key arian Simplex Waiting Bupias Number of Sets 07 2 No of Pages Repeat this step until all pages of the original have been scanned The amount of memory available can be checked beside Memory in the upper right corner of the Basic screen To
85. batches For details refer to Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 11 VY lf the original is not loaded correctly the original may not be fed in straight or an original misfeed or damage to the original may occur cop Q e 1 Arrange the original pag es so that the side to be copied first page faces up as shown in the illus tration Basic Copy Operations For details on the original sizes that can be mixed in the ADF refer to Origi nal That Can Be Po sitioned into the ADF on page 7 33 bizhub 750 600 3 15 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Position the original face up in the ADF Slide the adjustable pa per guides against the edges of the original Load the original pages into the ADF so that the top of the pages is toward the back or the left side of the machine In the Basic screen touch Combine Originals 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Aubo Paper Select Save n User Box 4 Folding The Combine Originals screen appears Touch Mixed Original To cancel the Mixed Original setting touch Mixed Original again to deselect it 3 16 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Positioning Folded Z Folded Original If folded original are loaded into the ADF to be copied the original size is cor
86. bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 11 To print a stored job A job is removed from the Held Jobs list and printed In addition settings for the stored job can be changed Display the Held Jobs list in the Current Jobs list of the Print tab Touch Release Held Job The Release Held Job screen appears Select the job to be removed from the Held Jobs list Ifthe job to be removed from the Held Jobs list is not displayed touch e and f until the desired job is displayed If an incorrect job was selected select a different job or touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it To quit removing a stored job touch Cancel Job Stored To change the specified copy settings continue with step 4 To continue without changing the specified copy settings skip to step 8 Touch Normal Print Change Setting appears Release Held Job To print selected job choose output type and then press 0K bizhub 750 600 11 15 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 11 Managing Jobs Job List Touch Change Setting To print selected job choose output type and then press 0K The Change Setting screen appears Touch the button for the copy setting that you wish to change Stamp Overlay Finishin
87. can be seen more easily For details on the Enlarge Display mode refer to the Enlarge Display Operations of the User s Guide Q Detail To return to the Basic screen from the Accessibility Setting screen press the Accessibility key or the Reset key bizhub 750 600 4 25 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations To set the Enlarge Display Timer Setting function When the automatic system reset operation is performed in Enlarge Display mode a message requesting confirmation to cancel Enlarge Display mode can be displayed In addition it is possible to specify the length of time that the message re questing confirmation to cancel Enlarge Display mode is displayed The factory default setting is OFF Y The Enlarge Display Timer Setting function is available only in Enlarge Display mode Enlarge Display will end soon Press Yes to continue Enlarge Display Display the Accessibility Setting screen To display the screen refer to page 4 23 Touch Enlarge Display Timer Setting or press the 2 key in the key pad Accessibility Setting Message Display Time Touch Panel Adj 4 26 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 The Enlarge Display Tim er Setting screen ap pears Select the desired setting Enlarge Dis Tamer Sett To not display the mess
88. delete the image data press the Stop key and then delete the job For details refer to Stopping Scanning Printing on page 3 74 After the original is scanned the message Scanning stopped Press Start to continue appears After all original pages have been scanned touch Finish 06 22 05 canning stopped 15724 Press Start to continue Waiting NUMber Press Finish when scanning is of Sets complete o f 2 No of Pages Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Scanning a Multi Page Original from the Original Glass When making double sided or combined copies using the original glass place each page of a multi page original on the original glass to scan it The following procedure describes how to place single sided original pages on the original glass to make double sided copies Lift and open the ADF Position the first page or the first side of the original face down onto the original glass For details on positioning the original refer to To position the orig inal on the original glass on page 3 9 When loaded in the When loaded in the U orientation G orientation Close the ADF In the Basic screen touch Simplex Duplex auto Paper Select The Simplex Duplex screen appears bizhub 750 600 3 13 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Ope
89. document pages so that the top of the original is toward the back or the left side of the machine When loaded in the When loaded in the W orientation G orientation Basic Copy Operations bizhub 750 600 3 9 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Align the original with the mark in the back left corner of the meas uring guides For details on select ing the original orien tation refer to Selecting the Origi nal Orientation Orig measuring guides inal Direction 2 Settings on o page 3 20 5 For details on select ing the position of the binding margin refer Selecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Settings on page 3 22 For transparent or translucent original place a blank sheet of paper of the same size as the original over the original n Cc 2 i oO D 2 O gt 2 e O 2 a is ian For bound original spread over two fac ing pages such as a book or magazine position the top of the original toward the back of this ma chine and align the document with the M mark in the back left corner of the measuring guides as shown 4 Close the ADF 3 10 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting A large original can be divided and scanned in a number of
90. e mail address Touch Account Name Account Name appears only if Account Track is set to ON The Account Name screen appears Touch the button for the desired account and then touch OK The account is set Before an account name can be selected accounts must have been registered For details on registering accounts refer to Ac count Track Registration on page 12 86 Touch Max Allowance Set The Max Allowance Set screen appears Touch No Limit or Limit If Limit was selected use the keypad to type in the maximum number allowed Touch All Users to apply the settings in the current screen to all registered users Touch All Users and then touch OK in the two screens that appear to display a message and apply the settings to all users At this time do not turn off the machine with the main power switch Touch OK The maximum number of prints allowed are set Touch Function Permission The Function Permission screen appears 12 82 bizhub 750 600 Utility Touch the button for the desired setting for each operation Fui Pi Pi To permit the operation to be performed touch Allow To prohibit the operation to be performed touch Restrict Touch All Users to apply the settings in the current screen to all registered users Touch All Users and then touch OK in the two screens that appear to display a message and apply the set
91. eecctecseeseeeeneeees ACCESSOLICS seeceseeseseeseeeeseeseseeseeeeee 6 9 Checking jobs Account track 2 36 12 33 Cleaning sonarson Active JObS nuunnnssssssssiiissssseeiirrnneen 11 11 Combine originals settings 3 50 A e 3 7 6 3 7 33 Contrast dial cccceeeeeeteeeeeees 2 15 ADF platen guide cover c eec 40 4 Control Panel sesisssrireiisinesesnas 2 14 Administrator setting screen 42 39 Control panel angle 2 20 Administrator settings 0 42 26 Control panel settings 4 23 ADU unit scohisimatntaldninaiaindaes 2 5 CONVEYANCE lever oo esssteeeseeteeesseees 2 53 Application ccccceccseeseteeeteeseteeees 8 2 Copier setting 12 21 12 35 Authentication method 42 71 Copier specifications s e 6 2 Auto original size detect 0 0 g 40 COPY KOy oes seeeeecsseeeteneeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Auto paper select setting 3 26 7 8 Copy paper Auto ZOOM setting csceeseeeeeees 3 29 Copy programs Automatic panel reset sesseese 9 07 COPY SONS sisssnisniriasiininnininnniienna 4 2 Automatic system reset u 2 27 COPY type Settings 3 40 Automatic tray switching 7 7 Counters orereesseeeeee Available characters u 13 4 Cover mode _ Cover pages eeeeeeeeeeeees 8 12 8 16 B Cover sheet feeder control panel Basic screen 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeee P y E E E E E E E 2 11 BM tray Finisher 0 ccceeeeeee
92. entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then spec ify the correct value Paper Size Select Oversized Select the desired image position Touch OK 7 30 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 To specify a paper type A setting can be specified for the type of paper loaded into the tray 1 2 3 and 4 and the LCT LU 401 LU 402 The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for the type of paper loaded into the tray 1 In the Paper Tray Setting screen touch 1 Paper Type For details on displaying the Paper Tray Setting screen refer to To display the Paper Tray Setting screen on page 7 22 Paper Tray Setting System Setting j The Paper Type screen appears Touch the button for the tray 1 and then touch Paper Type Paper Type Size Setting Select paper type and size for each Tray The Paper Type screen appears Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original bizhub 750 600 7 31 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original Select the type of paper to be loaded Paper Type Touch OK 7 32 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 4 Originals When making copies position the original into the ADF or on the original glass To copy original that cannot be positioned into the ADF position them on the original glass Original That Can Be Positioned into the ADF Ther
93. equipment and on operations for scanning functions e Refer to this User s Guide for details on operating procedures for network functions and for using Scan to E Mail Scan to FTP and Scan to PC SMB User s Guide Box Operations This manual contains details on operating procedures for using the boxes e Refer to this User s Guide for details on operating procedures for using the boxes on the hard disk User s Guide Enlarge Display Operations This manual contains details on operating procedures for using copy func tions in Enlarge Display mode e Refer to this User s Guide for details on operating procedures in Enlarge Display mode bizhub 750 600 x 27 Introduction Legal Restrictions on Copying Certain types of original must never be copied with the purpose or intent to pass copies of such documents off as the originals The following is not a complete list but is meant to be used as a guide to responsible copying lt Financial Instruments gt Personal checks Traveler s checks Money orders Certificates of deposit Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates lt Legal Documents gt Food stamps Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Passports Immigration papers Motor vehicle licenses and titles House and property titles and deeds lt General gt e Identification card
94. er 15 mW og b kge lengde er 770 800 nm bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions For Finland Sweden Users LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT VAROITUS Laitteen kayttaminen muulla kuin tassa kaytt6ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle la sers teilylle T m on puolijohdelaser Laserdiodin suurin teho on 15 mW ja aallonpituus on 770 800 nm VARNING Om apparaten anv nds p annat s tt n denna bruksanvisning specificer ats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 Det h r r en halvledarlaser Den maximala effekten f r laserdioden r 15 mW och v gl ngden r 770 800 nm CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT F copy an 8421 HoH AS 1 RAA aa Sm EE WH WM Rear side of main body bizhub 750 600 1 11 Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Installation and Operation Precautions Ozone Release Locate the Machine in a Well Ventilated Room A negligible amount of ozone is generated during normal operation of this machine An unpleasant odor may however be created in poorly ventilated rooms during extensive machine operations For a comfortable healthy and safe operating environment it is r
95. image will be printed on the surface of the paper facing up when the paper is loaded into the bypass tray Reminder Do not load more than 100 sheets of paper otherwise a paper misfeed may Occur Push the paper guides firmly up against the edges of the paper Detail If thick paper is loaded set the conveyance lever within the machine to 5 5 x 8 5 A5 Thick paper in order to prevent paper misfeeds For details on setting the conveyance lever to 5 5 x 8 5 A5 Thick paper refer to When Thick Paper Is Loaded Into a Paper Tray on page 2 53 bizhub 750 600 2 45 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Reminder When loading overhead projector transparencies load them in the d ori entation as shown in the illustration Do not load overhead projector transparencies in the G orientation Load overhead projector transparencies one sheet at a time x Reminder When loading tab paper load them in the d orientation as shown in the illustration Do not load label sheets in the Ga orientation 2 46 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 Reminder Be sure to load letterhead paper so that the side to be printed on faces Q Note The image will be printed on the surface of the paper facing down when the paper is loaded into the bypass tray bizhub 750 600 2 47 Chapter 2 Be
96. in which the original is positioned and the orientation of the page to be stapled oth erwise the copies may not be stapled as desired For details on specifying the original orientation refer to Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings on page 3 20 When Finisher FS 602 is installed Paper Weight Paper Size Loading Capacity With a Staple Setting 16lb to 21 1 4 Ib 11 x 17m 8 1 2 x 140 1 000 sheets 8 1 2 x 11 0 Exectivema Qy 5 1 2 x 8 1 2Ga Foolscapta Number of Bound Pages Maximum Number of Sets Other than 11 x 2 to 9 sheets 100 sets 17a 10 to 20 sheets 50 sets 21 to 30 sheets 30 sets 31 to 40 sheets 25 sets 41 to 50 sheets 20 sets bizhub 750 600 3 59 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Number of Bound Pages Maximum Number of Sets 11x17 2 to 9 sheets 50 sets 10 to 20 sheets 50 sets 21 to 30 sheets 30 sets 31 to 40 sheets 25 sets 41 to 50 sheets 20 sets When Finisher FS 504 is installed op D 2 Paper Weight Paper Size Loading Capacity With a Staple Setting 16lb to 21 1 4 Ib 11 x 17m 8 1 2 x 140 1 000 sheets 8 1 2 x 110 0 Exectiven q 5 1 2 x 8 1 2m 9 Foolscapta o Original of mixed sizes cannot 5 be stapled if all printed pages do not have the same width Ry If a cover sheet front or back
97. injury Z WARNING or even death Ignoring this caution could cause injury or dam Z CAUTION age to property Meaning of Symbols A triangle indicates a danger against which you should take pre caution A N This symbol warns against cause burns A diagonal line indicates a prohibited course of action S Qnis symbol warns against dismantling the device D A solid circle indicates an imperative course of action Zis symbol indicates you must unplug the device bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions Disassemble and modification WARNING Do not attempt to remove the covers and pan els which have been fixed to the product Some products have a high voltage part or a laser beam source inside that could cause an electri cal shock or blindness Do not modify this product as a fire electrical shock or breakdown could result If the prod uct employs a laser the laser beam source could cause blindness Power cord WARNING Use only the power cord supplied in the pack age If a power cord is not supplied only use the power cord and plug that is specified in POWER CORD INSTRUCTION Failure to use this cord could result in a fire or electrical shock Use the power cord supplied in the package only for this machine and NEVER use it for any other product Failure to observe this precau tion could result in a fire or electrical shock
98. key and then type in the setting Ifa value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value How can the entered margin position be corrected gt Without changing the margin width change the margin position 6 Touch OK If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 9 Press the Start key 8 56 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To adjust the position of the binding margin Edit Margin setting A binding margin can be created in the copy by moving the position of the scanned image In addition When making double sided copies the shift in the image on the front and back sides can be adjusted Y A vertical up and down shift or a horizontal shift left and right shift can be specified Y The shift direction and amount can be adjusted separately for the front and back sides of the page Place the original on the original glass For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Touch Application 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Auto Paper Select The Application screen appears Touch Page Margin 06729705 eady to copy 09 39 APPLi cation heet Cover Chapter
99. language of the Touch Panel messages English French Spanish Japanese Measurement Unit Setting Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Select one of the measurement units in which values are displayed in the touch panel mm Numerical Value inch Numerical Value inch Fraction Paper Tray Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Paper Type Paper Type Select one of the types for paper loaded into each paper tray Normal Thick Paper Thin Paper Custom 1 Custom 2 Custom 3 Tab Paper Recycled Colored Pa per Special Paper Fine Label Letterhead Paper Size Select one of the following sizes for pa per loaded into the tray 3 and 4 e Standard Size 1 The size of standard sized paper is automatically detected e Standard Size 2 Select when loading paper of the following sizes A4 Ga A5 W F4 e Custom Size Select when using cus tom sized paper e Oversized Paper Select when paper larger than a standard size is being used Standard Size 1 Standard Size 2 Custom Size Oversized Paper 12 14 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Auto Tray Select Setting Select the paper trays that are selected automatically when the Auto Paper Se lect setting is specified or when the au tomatic tra
100. lect is set ON OFF Auto Zoom ADF Select whether or not the Auto Zoom setting is selected when a paper tray is selected except when Auto Paper Se lect is set ON OFF Select Tray when APS Select which paper tray is selected when Tray Before APS ON OFF the Auto Paper Select setting is can Default Tray celed e Tray Before APS ON The paper tray that was being used before the Auto Paper Select setting was selected is selected e Default Tray The paper tray set as the default is se lected Select Tray for Insert Select the default paper tray loaded with Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Sheet paper for the cover pages and Insert sheets Tray4 Bypass tray LCT PI bizhub 750 600 12 21 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Exit Direction Of 1 Select the orientation in which copies of Face Down Face Up Sheet Platen documents placed on the original glass are fed out e Face Down Copies are fed out print ed side down e Face Up Copies are fed out printed side up Tri Fold Printed Side Se Select whether the printed side is on the Outside Inside lection inside or the outside when the page is folded in three Print Jobs During Copy Select whether or not print data can be Accept Receive Only Operation accepted for printing while a copy oper Do N
101. log can be checked from the Job List screen e Jobs are printed starting with the one at the top of the Current Jobs list e Jobs are numbered in the order that they were programmed and are queued to be performed printed Note The job number identities the job it does not indicate the printing order In addition the job number does not change until the job is deleted By using the Increase Priority function the selected job can be moved to the front of the queue so that it is printed first Multi Job Feature Queued jobs are managed by the machine e While one job is being printed another job can be queued A total of 78 jobs can be queued e When one job is finished being printed the next queued print job auto matically begins Job List Screens An overview of the Job List screens is provided below e From the Job List screen the following tabs for various specific functions can be displayed Print Lists print jobs for copying and computer printing Scan Lists scanner transmission jobs RX User Box Lists print jobs saved in boxes 11 2 bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 The screen for each function listed above can be displayed from any other Job List screen However if a different tab is selected while a job setting is being changed that setting is canceled e A Current Jobs list and a Job History list can be displayed for each func tion Current Jobs Lists jobs that are queued
102. margins Without Margin The number of repeating copies of the image is automatically detect ed to completely fill the page 8 38 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions With Margin ABC setting ABC ABC Original ABC Without Margin setting Original NS ABC ABC Original 4 Repeat laBc ABC ABC ABC ABC 8 Repeat Original bizhub 750 600 8 39 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions To automatically detect the scanning area Auto Original Size Detect Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Load the paper to be used into the desired paper tray Touch Application Ready to copy AUTO Paper Select The Application screen appears Touch Book Copy Repeat Ready to copy To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset The Book Copy Repeat screen appears 8 40 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch Image Repeat 06 2205 Ready to copy 15 24 Memory pplication gt Book Copy Repeat The Image Repeat screen appears Select the layout method 06722705 ultiple images of the or al will oud Memory Touch Auto Detect If you wish to specify th
103. mode setting touch Exit in the sub display area or press the Utility Counter key Otherwise touch Close in each screen until the desired screen appears 12 40 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 5 Adjusting the Printer Adjusting the Starting Print Position at the Leading Edge Position The starting print position at the leading edge of each type of paper with re spect to the paper feed direction can be adjusted Adjustments can be specified for each paper type Y The starting print position is adjusted during manufacturing of the ma chine Normally this position will not need to be adjusted Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 3 Printer Adjustment The Printer Adjustment screen appears Touch 1 Leading Edge Adjustment The Leading Edge Adjustment screen appears Touch the button for the paper type to be set Leading Edge Adjustment Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 41 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility 8 Press the Start key A test pattern is printed Q Touch Close The Leading Edge Adjustment screen appears again 10
104. queued 06722705 15 24 Ho 9999 The job has been deleted Not enough remaining memory a of Pages 9999 Display in Enlarge Display Mode The job has been deleted Hot enough remaining memory Job Ho 49 bizhub 750 600 Troubleshooting Simple Troubleshooting Main body Symptom Possible Cause Remedy The machine does not start up when the main power switch is turned on Is no power supplied from the electrical outlet After the main power switch and sub power switch are turned off correctly insert the power supply plug into the electrical outlet Has the sub power switch been turned on Turn on the sub power switch Correctly insert the pow er supply plug into the electrical outlet Are the doors such as the front doors left and right or the finisher door open Securely close the doors such as the front doors left and right and the finisher door Is there no paper that match es the document Load paper of the appropriate size into the paper tray The printed output is too light Is the copy density set too light Touch Dark in the Density screen to copy at the desired co
105. s Guide Displaying explanations of functions and settings The name and function of parts and details of functions and settings appears in the Help screens For details refer to Displaying Function Descriptions Help on page 4 17 Interrupting a copy job The copy job being printed can be interrupted in order for a different copy job to be printed For details refer to Interrupting a Copy Job Interrupt Mode on page 4 8 Printing a sample copy Before printing a large number of copies a single proof copy can be printed so that it can be checked For details refer to Printing a Proof Copy To Be Checked Proof Copy on page 4 5 bizhub 750 600 xX 23 Introduction Explanation of Manual Conventions x Note Text highlighted in this manner contains references and supplemental information concerning operating procedures and other descriptions We recommend that this information be read carefully Names highlighted as shown above indicate keys on the control panel and buttons in the touch panel check the actual display Touch panel screens are shown to i x Reminder Text highlighted in this manner indicates operation precautions Carefully read and observe this type of information Q Detail Text highlighted in this manner provides more detailed information concerning operating procedures or references to sections containing additional information If necessar
106. selected that cannot be combined Check the combinations of the se lected settings Copying is not possible even though the pass word is entered on a ma chine with user authentication account track set Did the message Your ac count has reached its maxi mum allowance appear Contact your administrator ADF Symptom Possible Cause Remedy The document is not fed Is the ADF slightly open Securely close the ADF Is the document one that does not meet the specifica tions Replace the document with one that meets the specifications See p 7 33 Is the document correctly loaded Position the document correctly See p 3 7 bizhub 750 600 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting Te 2 2 Sa Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Finisher Symptom Possible Cause Remedy The finisher cannot be used Is there a paper misfeed in the finisher If there is a paper misfeed clear it Is the finisher door fully closed Securely close the finisher door The pages cannot be stapled Have the staples run out Replace the staple cartridge See p 9 7 The staple is incorrectly positioned by 90 de grees Are the staples positioned as specified Select the desired position for the staples See p 3 59 The pages that were fed out were not uniformly loaded and the punched holes or s
107. settings for the Application functions touch Reset If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 29 Chapter 8 Application Functions o bend D 2 Fen Application Functions Application Functions 8 7 Producing Separate Copies of Each Page in a Page Spread Book Copy Function A page spread such as in an open book or catalog can be copied with the left and right pages on separate pages or both on the same page The following copy methods are available and there are settings for adding just a front cover or both front and back covers Setting Description Book Spread Copies of the left and right pages of the page spread are printed on the same page without being separated Separation Separate copies of each page in the page spreads are printed in the original page order The original is scanned to fit the size of paper that will be used Front Cover The front cover and separate copies of each page in the page spreads are printed in the original page order Front and Back Cover The front cover separate copies of each page in the page spreads and the back cover are printed in the original page order When Separation is selected 8 30 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions When Front Cover is sel
108. shake the toner cartridge until the toner is mostly broken up before in stalling the cartridge 5 Remove the cover from the toner cartridge bizhub 750 600 Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 6 install the toner cartridge making sure that it is correctly oriented With the label at the end of the toner cartridge facing up insert the bot lt x Di NY tom of the cartridge into the slot in the cartridge holder o2 bend D 2 p O 7 Return the cartridge holder to its original po sition and then close the toner cartridge door Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 6 bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 9 2 Replacing the Staples When finisher FS 504 FS 602 is installed and is about to run out of staples the message shown below appears 6729705 Ready to copy 10 29 Replace Saddle Staple Cartridge 1 amp 2Memor Basic Save in Lwiser Box al Offset Cancel Display in Enlarge Display Mode Stapler empty Replace Staple Cartridge or cancel Staple mode 3 E E Staples Setting bizhub 750 600 9 7 Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes o2 bend D 2 p O
109. the Utility Counter key Otherwise cancel the Utility mode by touching Close in each screen until the screen for the Copy Scan or Box mode appears System Setting Printer Setting Scanner Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 3 Paper Tray Setting System Setting User Setting System Setting Paper Tray Setting System Setting j No Hatching Paper in Tray Setting Note To change the paper size for paper loaded into the tray 1 and 2 and the LCT LU 401 LU 402 contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 7 23 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original To specify a standard paper size Standard Size 1 settings A standard paper size can be set for the tray 3 and 4 The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for standard sized paper loaded into the tray 3 In the Paper Tray Setting screen touch 1 Paper Type For details on displaying the Paper Tray Setting screen refer to To display the Paper Tray Setting screen on page 7 22 For details on changing the paper size for the tray 3 and 4 refer to Loading Paper of a Different Size Into Paper Trays on page 2 51 Paper Tray Betting The Paper Type screen appears Touch the button for the tray 3 and then touch Paper Size Pape
110. the bypass tray The indicated spaced requirements represent the space required to ful In order to incorporate improvements these product specifications are sub ject to change without notice ADF Specifications Document feed methods Normal paper Single sided and double sided documents Mixed Original function Combination of single sided and double sided documents Z folded original Single sided document Tab paper Single sided document Document types 13 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib bizhub 750 600 6 3 Chapter 6 Specifications Chapter 6 Specifications Specifications Specifications Document sizes Single sided double sided documents 11 x 17 m to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 and 8 1 2 x 144 Mixed document sizes Refer to Table 1 Capacity of document feeder Maximum 100 sheets 21 1 4 Ib Power requirements Supplied from main unit Dimensions 24 1 2 in W x 22 3 4 in D x 6 in H Weight Approx 28 1 2 Ib Table 1 Possible combinations for mixed document sizes Maximum Document 11x47 8 1 2x 8 1 2x 8 1 2x 5 1 2x 5 1 2 x Document Size a 10 14 110 8 1 2 Q 8 1 2 11x170 O O 8 1 2 x110 O O 8 1 2 x140 O O O O O 8 1 2 x11 O O O O O 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Q O O O O O 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 O Possible Not possible 6 4 bizhub 750 600 Specifications Option Spec
111. the correct value Touch memory1 or memory2 6722705 Press the desired memory key to store 15 How can the name of the stored paper size be changed gt Touch Custom Name then type the new name into the Custom Name screen that appeared and then touch OK gt Use the keyboard that appeared in the screen to type in the new name and then touch OK bizhub 750 600 7 15 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original gt For details on typing in text refer to Entering Text on page 13 2 Touch OK four times The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 To select a setting for oversized paper Oversized Paper settings If oversized paper is loaded into the bypass tray it will be necessary to spec ify the paper size Oversized paper is larger than the standard size and allows copies of stand ard sized original to be printed so that there is no loss at the edges For ex ample if 11 x 17oversized paper is used an area up to 18 in x 12 5 16 in can be printed allowing the entire area of an 11 x 17 size original to be print ed In the Basic screen touch Paper 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Auto Paper Select User box a Finishing The Paper screen appears Touch the button for the bypass tray and then touch Change Tray Set tings
112. to scan 14 59 Basic After the warm up message is displayed the Basic screen appears The indicator on the Start key lights up in green Specify any necessary copy settings Using the keypad specify the desired number of copies How is the number of copies specified gt For details on specifying the number of copies refer to General Copy Operation on page 3 2 2 24 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 Position the original to be copied How is the original positioned gt For details on positioning the original to be copied refer to Posi tioning the Original on page 3 7 Press the Start key The original is scanned and the job is added to the list of queued jobs Check that the original has finished being scanned and then position the next original Specify new copy settings and the desired number of copies and then press the Start key After the machine has finished warming up the jobs will automati cally be printed in the order that they were queued How is the printing of a job stopped gt Press the Stop key For details refer to Stopping Scanning Print ing on page 3 74 Q Detail While the machine is warming up to begin printing after it is turned on us ing the sub power switch copy settings can be specified and an original can be scanned to reserve a copy job After the machine has finished warming up the scanned imag
113. toner cartridge 0 0 eeeeeeseeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeaes 9 4 9 2 Replacing the Staples ccssseccssseeeeeessseeeeeeessneeeeeesseeeeseeeseeeneeeees 9 7 Display in Enlarge Display Mode eeeeseeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeeneeeeeneeteeaes 9 7 To replace the staple cartridge for finisher FS 504 eeee 9 8 To replace the staple cartridge for finisher FS 602 2205 9 11 9 3 Emptying the Dust Boxes ccccsssseeceessseeeeeeseeneeeeesseneeeeesseneneeess 9 15 To empty the dust box of the punch Kit 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 9 15 To empty the dust box of the Z folding unit eee 9 17 Care of the Machine NOM Cle amiinG siccsecccccseciccscesses danasin ninenin sainan ananpi deana anie ceva ccececessihtacedeatoeawens 10 2 Main DOGY 2 2 siete E deste kt as sie ei hadis eee ee eects 10 2 Original Glas Sisson ainsi enes iaeaea apoo aedem tay iride iaig 10 3 Left Partition Glass eaaa eaan aaien iaaa Sane cedees ac inaa E eih 10 3 Control Panel oriana a e ee ek 10 4 ADF platen guide cover eesceesseseseeeeeneeseneeeeeaeeeeeneeseneeeeeneeeeeas 10 4 Paper Take Up Roller cccccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeseeaeeseeseaaees 10 5 10 2 Viewing Counters Meter Count ccssseeceeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeenseeees 10 6 To View the COUNTELS aa aa a aaa a a aaaeaii 10 6 10 3 When the Message Preventive maintenance time Appears 10 7 bizhub 750 600 x 11 Introdu
114. touch Left or Right to specify the shift di rection For a vertical shift touch Top or Bottom to specify the shift direction Both a horizontal shift and a vertical shift can be specified together 8 58 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To specify no shift either horizontally or vertically touch No Shift Specify the horizontal left and right shift or vertical up and down shift shift Touch Edit 2nd Side 06722705 Set the shift distance using the Key ine Memory 21 Top amp Bottom Shift The Edit 2nd Side screen appears Specify the shift direction and amount 06722705 et the shi distance using the key Eaters Memory 214 For a horizontal shift touch Left or Right to specify the shift di rection For a vertical shift touch Top or Bottom to specify the shift direction Both a horizontal shift and a vertical shift can be specified together To specify no shift either horizontally or vertically touch No Shift Touch lt gt to switch between the integer and the fraction touch and to specify the width to be erased and then touch OK If a decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting If a value o
115. using the Punch settings See p 9 15 10 Stacker unit handle Used to pull out the unit when clearing paper mis feeds in the stacker unit and when refilling the sta ples 11 Staple cartridge Removed when refilling the staples See p 9 7 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies Cover Sheet Feeder PI 501 4 No Part Name Description 1 Cover sheet feeder control panel Operate when manually using the finisher 2 Upper unit release lever Raised to slide the upper unit of the cover sheet feeder to the left when clearing paper misfeeds 3 Upper tray paper guide Slide to fit the size of paper being loaded when loading with cover sheets 4 Upper tray Load with cover sheets 5 Lower tray Load with cover sheets 6 Lower tray paper guide Slide to fit the size of paper being loaded when loading with cover sheets bizhub 750 600 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Z Folding unit ZU 602 A J No Part Name Description 1 Front door of the Z folding unit Opened when clearing paper misfeeds and when emptying the punch dust box 2 Inlet lever Opened when clearing paper misfeeds 3 Knob Turned when clearing paper misfeeds 4 Handle Used to pull out the unit when clearing paper mis feeds 5 paper misfeeds Opened when cleari
116. when the paper that is loaded is al ready printed with a company name or preset text and therefore should be differentiated from Normal paper A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Trace Select this setting when trace paper is loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically bizhub 750 600 7 5 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original Precautions for Paper The following types of paper should not be used otherwise decreased print quality paper misfeeds or damage to the machine may occur Overhead projector transparencies that have already been fed through the machine even if the transparency is still blank Paper that has been printed on by a heat transfer printer or an inkjet printer Paper that is either extremely thick or extremely thin Folded curled wrinkled or torn paper Paper that has been left unwrapped for a long period of time Damp paper perforated paper or paper with punched holes Extremely smooth or extremely rough paper or paper with an uneven surface Paper that has been treated such as carbon backed heat sensitive or pressure sensitive paper Paper that has been
117. x 13 Introduction 13 1 Entering Text aaraa araea ran raara aama Aadne ratapan Vak aad sendeewescuceedevectecd 13 2 To type TEXT iiin nanea aus ee aaien aaaea tt eid 13 4 List of Available Characters cccccccsccsssssssssssssseeseceeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeaes 13 4 13 2 Function Combination Table cccccccccccssssssssenssnssneeseseeeeeeeeeees 13 5 Function Combination Table ccccccccccsccssssssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 5 TAA ao ES AAEE A ESEE E EEOAE E EE A E A E 14 2 x 14 bizhub 750 600 Introduction Available Features Automatically selecting the paper The most appropriate paper size can automatically be selected based on the size of the loaded original and the specified zoom ratio For details refer to Automatically Selecting the Paper Size Auto Paper Se lect Setting on page 3 26 Adjusting copies to the size of the paper The most appropriate zoom ratio can automatically be selected based on the size of the loaded original and the specified paper size For details refer to Automatically Selecting the Zoom Ratio Auto Zoom Setting on page 3 29 Scanning the document in separate batches A document with a large number of pages can be divided and scanned in separate batches Double sided copies can be produced by using the origi nal glass or the original pages can be alternately loaded onto the original glass or into the automatic document feeder and then a
118. 0 mm e Punch Vertical Position The vertical Punch Horizontal Posi position of the punched holes can be tion 5 0 to 5 0 mm adjusted in 0 1 mm increments for 0 0 mm each paper size PK 505 Punch Unit Vert Posi e Punch Horizontal Position The hori tion 5 0 to 5 0 mm zontal position of the punched holes 0 0 mm can be adjusted in 0 1 mm incre Punch Unit Hor Posi ments PK 505 tion 5 0 to 5 0 mm 0 0 e Punch Unit Vert Position The vertical mm position of the punched holes can be Punch Regist Loop Size adjusted in 0 1 mm increments for Machine Reverse Out each paper size ZU 602 put ADU Output 16 0 e Punch Unit Hor Position The hori to 16 0 mm 0 0 mm zontal position of the punched holes PI Uppre tray Lower can be adjusted in 0 1 mm incre tray 16 0 to 16 0 mm ments ZU 602 0 0 mm e Punch Resist Loop Size The hole punching shift for double sided print ing and outputting cover pages can be adjusted in 0 8 mm increments PK 505 ZU 602 Z Fold Po The folding position for zigzag folding Z 1st Z Folded Position sition Ad Fold can be adjusted for each paper 12 8 to 12 7 mm justment size 0 0 mm e 1st Z Folded Position The position of 2nd Z Folded Position the first fold can be adjusted in 0 1 12 8 to 12 7 mm mm increments 0 0 mm e 2nd Z Folded Position The position of the second fold can be adjusted in 0 1 mm increments ZU 602 or PK 505 ZU 602 Tri Fold The folding posit
119. 00 Before Making Copies 2 5 Loading Paper Into the Tray 3 or 4 To load paper tray 3 or 4 1 Pull out the paper tray for the tray 3 or 4 2 Raise the paper take up roller 3 Load the paper into the tray Load the paper so that it is flush against the right side of the tray bizhub 750 600 2 41 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies A a Lay ww Q Q Slide the lateral guide to fit the size of paper being loaded Move the lateral guide while holding the release button pressed When the button is released the guide is locked in place Fully push in the paper tray Reminder Do not load so much paper that the top of the stack is higher than the Y mark Reminder Make sure that the trailing edge guide is adjusted to fit the size of the loaded paper If there is space between the trailing edge guide and the paper or if the trailing edge guide is not correctly positioned the paper will not be fed correctly Make sure that the lateral guide is correctly positioned against the edge of the loaded paper If the lateral guide is not positioned correctly the pa per size will not be correctly detected or the punched holes will not be correctly positioned f custom sized paper is loaded there may be some space between the paper and the trailing edge guide When loading the paper make sure that it fits
120. 01 LU 402 on page 2 48 5 8 bizhub 750 600 Troubleshooting 5 5 4 When the Message Not enough remaining memo ry Appears This machine uses the memory to produce copies Since the amount of memory available is limited the message Scanning cannot be continued Not enough remaining memory or The job has been deleted Not enough remaining memory appears if the memory becomes full while copying Continue the operation according to the corresponding instructions Memory Becomes Full While Scanning This message appears when the memory becomes full and scanning stops while scanning in Copy mode Scanning cannot be conn anned Not ey enough remaining Memor Select Print to print scanned pages or Delete to cancel the job To print all pages that have been scanned touch Print To delete the job for the scanned pages touch Delete Display in Enlarge Display Mode Select Print to print scanned pages or Delete to cancel the job Bages bizhub 750 600 5 9 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting Te 2 2 Sa Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Memory Becomes Full While Queuing a Job This message appears when the memory becomes full and the scanned job was deleted while scanning a document for a job to be queued Check the number of pages counted for the document and then adjust the number of pages in the job to be
121. 1 E Mail 2 Group 3 Program 2 FTP 3 SMB 4 User Box 4 Subject Text for E mail 1 Subject 3 User Box 1 Public Per sonal User Box L 4 One Touch Registration List 1 Address Book List 2 Text bizhub 750 600 12 7 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility 2 Group List 3 Program List Administrator Setting 3 One Touch 4 One Touch 4 E Mail Sub Cont Registration Registration List ject Text List Cont Cont 4 User Authenti 1 General Set cation Account ings Track p 12 33 2 User Authen _ 1 Administra User Name List ication Setting tive Setting Default Func tion Permission 2 User Registration L 3 User Counter 3 Account Track 1 Account Track Setting Registration L 2 Account Track Counter 4 Print without Authentication 5 Counter List 5 Network Set 1 Network Set ting p 12 35 ing 2 TCP IP Setting 3 NetWare Setting 4 IPP Setting 5 FTP Setting 6 SMB Setting 7 AppleTalk Setting 8 LDAP 1 Enabling Setting LDAP L 2 Setting Up LDAP 9
122. 1 Power Save Low Power p 12 26 ting p 12 26 Setting Mode Setting Sleep Mode Setting Power Save Key 2 Output _ 1 Print Fax Out _ Print Setting put Settings 2 Exit Tray Setting 3 Date Time Setting 4 Daylight Set ting Time Setting 5 Weekly 1 Weekly Timer Timer Setting ON OFF Setting 2 Time Setting 3 Date Setting 4 Select Time for Power Save 5 Password for Non Business Hours 6 Restrict User 1 Restrict Access to Access Saved Program Jobs 2 Delete Saved Program Jobs 3 Restrict Access Changing Job o Job Settings Priority Deleting Other User s Jobs bizhub 750 600 12 5 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 1 2 Utility Administrator Setting 1 System Set 6 Restrict User 3 Restrict Access Registering and H Cont ting Cont Access Cont to Job Settings Changing Addresses Cont Changing Zoom Ratio 7 Expert 1 Original Im Adjustment age Density 2 Erase Ad Non Image Area justment Erase Non Image Area Erase Setting ADF Frame Erase 3 Printer 1 Leading Edge Adjustment Adjustment 2 Centering 3 Vertical Adjustment 4 Horizontal Adjustment 4 2 Side Size Adjus
123. 2 9 Cover sheet feeder PI 501 A EENS 2 7 2 11 6 8 14 2 bizhub 750 600 Index Cover sheet tray SIZE eee 12 70 CriSSCrOSS SOMINY ooeec 3 56 Current jobS ccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 11 Custom size settings 7 12 7 27 Custom size settings store 7 14 D Data indicator ecce 2 15 Date time stamp cseeeeeeeeees 8 81 Default settings cccceeeee 12 20 Deleting a job Deleting a stopped job Density settings cceeeeeee 3 47 Destination register 12 11 Display setting cceeeeeeeeeee 12 19 Document selection seses 3 40 Double sided Copies 0ce 3 43 Drum ni espirar o ae 2 5 E Edit margin setting cee 8 57 Emptying the dust boxes 9 15 Energy Stat sipinmi iiias x 1 Enlarge and reduce settings 3 32 Enlarge display key eeeeee 2 15 Enlarge display timer setting 4 26 Enlarging Entering text Erase dnni niea ii Erase functions eee 8 69 EXittray EE E EET 2 3 F Fax k y st E E ET 2 14 Features hoper sneins opiaat at x 15 Feeding documents eeee 3 7 Finisher adjustment cce 12 45 Finisher FS 504 2 7 2 9 6 6 Finisher FS 602 2 7 2 9 6 6 Finishing settings cceeeee 3 53 Folding position adjustment 12 47 Front doors left and right 2 3 Function combin
124. 22 2 52 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 XQ Reminder Be sure to insert the trailing edge guide at the position for the specified size If there is space between the trailing edge guide and the paper the paper will not be fed correctly Make sure that the lateral guide is correctly positioned against the edge of the loaded paper If the lateral guide is not positioned correctly the pa per size will not be correctly detected Do not close the paper tray with too much force otherwise the weight of the tray and paper will apply an impact to the machine that may cause damage When Thick Paper Is Loaded Into a Paper Tray If thick paper is loaded into a paper tray the bypass tray or the LCT the con veyance lever must be correctly set in order to prevent paper misfeeds To set the conveyance lever 1 Open the front doors left and right 2 Turn lever M4 to the left and then pull out the ADU unit bizhub 750 600 2 53 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies 3 Setthe conveyance lever to 5 5 x 8 5 A5 Thick paper Conveyance jlever 4 Return the ADU unit to its original position 5 Close the front doors left and right Note After using thick paper be sure to reset the conveyance lever to NOR MAL 2 54 bizhub 750 600 g Jajde
125. 30 copy programs can be registered A name of up to 16 characters can be specified for the registered copy pro grams To store change a copy program Using the touch panel and control panel keys specify the copy settings to be registered in the copy program Can the current settings be checked gt To check the currently specified copy settings press the Mode Check key Press the Mode Memo ry key The Recall Copy Pro Mode Memory gram screen appears C O Touch Program Registration o6722705 Recall copy progran 15 24 The Program Name screen appears Why is Program Registration not available gt f 30 copy programs have been registered delete an unnecessary copy program For details on deleting copy programs refer to To delete a copy program on page 4 13 4 10 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 Can the copy program name be corrected gt To change the entered copy program name touch the button whose name is to be changed and then touch Edit Name Use the keyboard that appears in the touch panel to type in the name of the copy program 02714705 Ta save copy program enter d esired name A name of up to 16 characters can be specified for the registered copy program For details refer to page 13 2 f gene 0S To save copy program enter After typing in the name touch OK The copy program can be giv
126. 4 j 25 1 2 26 1 2 2 37 1 2 31 1 4 N T t ETH z T 1 gg lt oS a z 0 SS yoy oO o I YE ly 1895 74 1 2 Jg 1941 76 1 2 Pa bizhub 750 600 LU 402 bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions 1 Unit mm inch 163 650 400 i 950 791 200 100 4 7905 31 63 4 5 1 2 15 3 4 37 1 2 81 174 SSG 7 3 4 gt gt e gt e gt t gt je Pt gt 674 5 26 1 2 424 16 3 4 MA F aeS J 7 F 5 a Pa S 3 S a 8 Koj a Ko HE 2 amp T a ET 3 T I MT Y LO Y 2109 5 83 Ji 1941 76 1 2 bizhub 750 600 FS 602 PI 501 ZU 602 Unit mm inch ry ry 1 169 670 100 950 79 aa 200 100 4 rosa 63A esua 6 4 37 1 2 1 1 4 SER 7 3 4 674 5 26 1 2 N 424 16 3 4 42416 34 y N mM g I D g So ae raf S l a G 2 5 amp S 3 Wf 5 0 2 l n Ec N l UL g oO lO T YE Y Wwe 2479 5 97 1 2 TE 1941 76 1 2 bizhub 750 600 FS 602 PI 501 LU 402 Reminder Be sure to allow a clearance of 200 mm 7 3 4 in or more at the back of this machine f
127. 4 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Touch Auto to automatically determine the position of the punched holes according to the orientation of the positioned origi nal If the original length is 11 11 16 in or less the holes are punched along the long side of the paper If the original length is more than 11 11 16 in the holes are punched along the short side of the paper To cancel changes to the punched hole position touch Cancel Touch OK twice The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 3 65 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations oO D 2 p Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations 3 12 Specifying Folding Settings If options are installed copies can be folded before being fed out The fol lowing Folding settings are available The available settings differ depending on the options that are installed Copies can be folded in half or in three or bound at the center only if finisher FS 602 is installed Copies can be Z folded only if Z folding unit ZU 602 is installed on optional finisher FS 504 or FS 602 Setting Description Compatible Models Half Fold Select this setting to fold copies in half before feeding FS 602 them out Fold amp Staple Select this setting to staple copies at two places along FS 602 the center and then fold the copies in half before feed ing them out Z Fold
128. 5 bizhub 750 600 12 59 Chapter 12 Utility Utility Ifthe punch positions are too far on the left side of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm Repeat steps 7 through 11 until the desired print results are achieved 13 Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel x Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm When PK 505 and ZU 602 are installed adjustments can be made using both the Punch Adjustment and Z Fold Position Adjustment param eters Contact your technical representative 12 60 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Resist Loop Size The slope of the punched hole positions for double sided printing and out putting cover pages can be adjusted VY Use the Punch function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 3 Punch Adjustment The Punch Adjustment screen appe
129. 5 Centering 68 Neg Pos Reverse 70 Non Image Area Erase 53 single sided copies 54 double sided copies 71 Full Scan 55 2in1 56 4in1 57 8int 85 Mode Memory recall 49 Face Up 50 Half Fold 51 Z Fold 52 Tri Fold 58 Booklet 59 OHP Interleave 63 Cover Mode 64 Booklet Pagination 69 Erase Center Erase 76 No Rotation 77 Si 78 S 79 S 80 S 81 82 Separate Scan 83 Interrupt Mode 84 Mode Memory 86 HDD Store 44 Offset crisscross 45 Staple Corner 46 Staple 2 Position 47 Fold amp Staple 43 Offset shifted 48 Punch jS1y payoajes Humes gt 13 saydeyuy xipueddy 13 10 Appendix 1 3 Function combination code keys O 000 lt gt lt 00 00 The functions can be combined The functions cannot be combined The function set last has priority The functions cannot be combined The function set first has priority A warning message will appear The functions cannot be combined The function set first has priority No warning message will ap pear or other functions will not be available after the first function is selected The functions cannot be combined The functions cannot be combined A warning message will appear If non standard sized original pages are combined a warning message
130. A5 Ga or 8 1 2 x 115 W or 5 1 2 x 8 1 20 e 8 1 2 x 14 or F4 Select one size from the four F4 sizes available For details contact your technical representative 2 Available only when the optional punch kit PK 505 or Z folding unit ZU 602 is installed Paper Types and Paper Capacities Paper Type Normal Paper Overhead Pro Trace Paper jector Transpar encies Paper Source Bypass tray 100 sheets 1 sheet 1 sheet Tray 1 1 500 sheets 20 Ib paper Tray 2 1 000 sheets 20 Ib paper Tray 3 and 4 500 sheets 20 Ib paper LCT LU 401 4 000 sheets 20 Ib paper LU 402 4 000 sheets 20 Ib paper Double sided copies O bizhub 750 600 7 3 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original Special Paper Paper other than Normal paper such as overhead projector transparencies and colored paper is called special paper Be sure to select a special paper setting for paper tray loaded with media such as overhead projector trans parencies and colored paper in order to prevent operating errors Paper Type Description Special Paper Select this setting when the paper that is loaded is from a particular manufacturer or special paper that is not usually used A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the p
131. Auto Booklet ON When Fold amp Staple parameter is set to Auto Select Booklet the setting specified first is given priority and a warning message appears The settings can be combined if the parameter is set to OFF A setting under Front Cover can be combined with the Booklet function or Half Fold or Fold amp Staple settings A setting under Back Cover cannot be combined with the Booklet function or Half Fold or Fold amp Staple settings The Booklet function or Half Fold or Fold amp Staple settings are given priority If the Booklet function or Half Fold or Fold amp Staple settings were specified first a warning message appears 13 12 bizhub 750 600 AERC X pul Chapter 14 Index 1 4 Index fin 14 Index 14 1 Index Numerics BOOK COPY rrenan ienna aanika 8 30 1 sided 2 sided print c cseseee 3 40 Booklet pagination cee 8 66 2 ind BOX KEY casticccssvesetdedessceesveeiendl 2 14 2 position staple Built In stamp oo eeececeeseeeeeeteeees 8 90 4in1 Bypass tray cseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 2 44 8in1 C A C clear key eeceeeeeeceeeeeereseeeeees 2 15 ACCESS Key scesescsescsescssssesesesestsceees 2 14 Caution notations and labels 1 13 Accessibility key o t scescsceseeseeseeeee 9 15 Center CLASES sensis Accessibility mode essceseeseeseeeee 4 23 Chapters oo
132. Cen O Whether the machine enters Low Power mode or Sleep mode when the Power Save key is pressed can be set from the Administrator mode For details refer to System Setting on page 12 26 2 30 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 Limiting Machine Usage According to a Schedule Weekly Timer The machine can be set to automatically enter Sleep mode according to a usage schedule determined by the administrator or limitations on the use of the machine can be specified This is the weekly timer To copy outside of normal usage hours Follow the procedure described below to use the machine while the weekly timer is being used Press the Power Save key How is the weekly Power Save timer set gt For details on setting Ten the weekly timer re O fer to System Set ting on page 12 26 Type in the password up to 8 digits for non business hours 6722705 Access restricted due to weekly timer Input password to interrupt timer How is the password for non business hours specified gt For details on specifying the password for non business hours re fer to System Setting on page 12 26 Touch OK bizhub 750 600 2 31 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Using the keypad type in the length of time until the machine enters Sleep mode again Access restricted due to weekl
133. Copies 2 The control panel stops at the lower position 2 To return the control panel to the upper posi tion press the control panel release lever and then pull up on the con trol panel Q Note The control panel can also be grabbed anywhere on its outer edge and lifted bizhub 750 600 2 21 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Turning on the Main Power and the Sub Power This machine has two power controls the main power switch and the sub power switch To turn on the machine The main power switch turns on off all functions of the machine Normally the main power switch is turned on The sub power switch turns on off machine operations for example for cop ying printing or scanning When the sub power switch is turned off the ma chine enters a state where it conserves energy 1 Open the front door on the left side The main power switch is on the left side inside the machine amp Turnon the main power switch The indicator on the main power switch lights up in green eae 2 22 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 3 Turn on the sub power switch Q Detail When the control panel is turned on by using the sub power switch the indicator on the Start key lights up in orange and a screen indicating that the machine is start
134. D The essentials of imaging KONICA MINOLTA bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Copy Operations Introduction a Introduction Thank you for choosing this machine This manual contains details on the operation of the various functions of the machine precautions on its use and basic troubleshooting procedures In order to ensure that this machine is used correctly and efficiently carefully read this manual before using the machine After reading the manual store it in the designated holder so that it can easily be referred to when questions or problems arise during operation The illustrations used in this manual may appear slightly different from views of the actual equipment Energy Star muti As an ENERGY STAR Partner we have determined that this machine meets the ENERGY STAR Guidelines for energy efficiency What is an ENERGY STAR Product An ENERGY STAR product has a special feature that allows it to automat ically switch to a low power mode after a period of inactivity An ENERGY STAR product uses energy more efficiently saves you money on utility bills and helps protect the environment bizhub 750 600 x 1 Introduction Trademarks and Registered Trademarks KONICA MINOLTA KONICA MINOLTA Logo and The essentials of imaging are registered trademarks or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS INC PageScope and bizhub are registered trademark
135. Do not scratch abrade place a heavy object on heat twist bend pull on or damage the power cord Use of a damaged power cord ex posed core wire broken wire etc could result in a fire or breakdown Should any of these conditions be found im mediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative bizhub 750 600 Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Installation and Operation Precautions Power source AWARNING Use only the specified power source voltage Failure to do that could result in a fire or electri cal shock Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having the same configuration as the plug Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power supply voltage current capacity grounding and may result in fire or shock If proper wall outlet is not available the customer shall ask qualified electrician for the installation Do not use a multiple outlet adapter nor an ex tension cord in principle Use of an adapter or an extension cord could cause a fire or electri cal shock Contact your authorized service representative if an extension cord is required Consult your authorized service representative before connecting other equipment on the same wall outlet Overload could result in a fire A
136. E Mail 1 E Mail TX Setting SMTP 2 E Mail RX POP 0 Detail 1 Device Setting Setting 12 8 bizhub 750 600 Utility 2 Time Adjust ment Setting 3 Status Noti fication Setting 1 Notification Address Setting Administrator Setting 5 Network Set 0 Detail 3 Status Noti 2 Notification Cont ting Cont Setting Cont fication Setting Item Setting Cont U 3 Notification Time Setting 4 PING Con firmation 5 PSWC Setting 6 SLP Setting 7 LPD Setting 8 SNMP Setting L 9 Prefix Suffix _ 1 ON OFF Setting Setting 6 Copier Set ting p 12 35 Auto Zoom Platen Auto Zoom ADF Select Tray when APS OFF Select Tray for Insert Sheet Exit Direction Of 1 Sheet Platen Tri Fold Printed Side Selection Print Jobs During Copy Operation 7 Printer Set 1 Local I F ting p 12 36 Timeout 2 Prefix Suffix Setting 8 System H Connection p 12 37 1 IS OpenAPI Setting Access Setting 9 Security Set ting p 12 37 1 Administra tor Password 2 User Box Admin Setting 3 Administrator Security Level Port No Authentication 4 Se
137. Erase 29706705 Ready to copy 14 28 center Non Image Erase area Eras o D 2 e The Center Erase screen appears Touch and or use the keypad to specify the width to be erased os 22 o05 Set erase width using Key ieee Menory Application Functions Touch e to switch between the integer and the fraction touch and to specify the width to be erased and then touch OK Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting Ifa value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value To cancel the Center Erase function touch OFF To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch OK twice If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 8 74 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Press the Start key To erase specified areas of copies Non Image Area Erase function The size of the original placed on the orig
138. Group settings Normal paper 16 to24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib la bel sheets overhead projector transparencies trace paper Offset Sort and Offset Group settings Normal pa per 16 to24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Staple Normal paper 16 to 21 1 4 Ib Sub tray Sort and Group settings Normal paper 16 to24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Paper sizes Main tray 11 x 170 to 5 1 2 x 8x 1 2 Ga y 8 1 2 x 14 Ga and F4 Sub tray 11 x 17G to 5 1 2 x 8x 1 2 Ga y 8 1 2 x 14 Ga and F4 Paper capacity Main tray 1 500 sheets of 8 1 2 x 14 size paper or larger 3 000 sheets of 8 1 2 x 11 size paper or 500 sheets of 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 size paper or smaller 150 sets 8 1 2 x 11 9 stapled pages Sub tray 200 sheets Amount of shift 1 1 4 in Staple settings Paper sizes no of bound pages 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 and 8 1 2 x 14 Ga 2 to 50 pages Power requirements Supplied from main body Dimensions 16 3 4 in W x 25 3 4 in D x 39 in H Weight Approx 132 1 4 Ib Consumables Staple cartridge Finisher FS 602 Specifications Exit trays Main tray sub tray BM tray Settings Non stapled Offset Staple Booklet Tri Fold bizhub 750 600 Specifications Spe
139. If None is selected the time is not printed bizhub 750 600 8 81 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Touch Print Position and then select the printing position og722705 Ready to copy 5 24 Henory Date Time 1 23 05 To make fine adjustments to the printing position continue with step 4 To not make fine adjustments skip to step 6 Touch Change Adjustment 06728705 Ready to copy 10 37 Fine Tune os 2e o5 Ready to copy 10 39 Left amp Right Adjustment Top amp Bottom Adjustment 16 115 15 Lie Select the desired direction under Left amp Right Adjustment or Top amp Bottom Adjustment and then use the keypad or touch and to specify the adjustment amount When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting 8 82 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Ifa value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the adjustment value was incorrectly entered touch No Adj or press the C clear key and then specify the correct value What are the limits on the adjustment amount gt The print position can be finely adjusted in 1 16 in increments Can no adjustments be made gt To ma
140. Insert The Insert Sheet screen for specifying settings appears Touch Insert Paper Specify insert position using the Keypad To cancel changes to the copy settings Touch Cancel To cancel the Insert Sheet function Touch OFF The Insert Paper screen appears Touch the button for the paper tray loaded with the paper for the inser tion Set paper to be used for 4 Insert Sheet Menor y Insert Paper Touch OK The Insert Sheet screen for specifying settings appears bizhub 750 600 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Under Insert Type touch either Copy or Blank 6722705 Specify insert position using the Keypad Menory 5 24 To insert a copy page at the specified location touch Copy To insert a blank page at the specified location touch Blank Touch the buttons for the insert position setting Using the keypad specify the pages where the paper is to be inserted Insert Sheet screen for editing settings ion using the Keypad Menory Cancel If Copy was selected in step 9 the specified original page is print ed on paper from the paper tray specified in step 7 If Blank was selected in step 9 paper from the paper tray speci fied in step 7 is in
141. Insert mage Adjustment Stanp Over lay i The Page Margin screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 57 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 lt Application Functions Application Functions In the Page Margin screen touch Edit Margin To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Page Margin function touch OFF TEX not on in cate Henory The Edit Margin screen appears Specify the shift direction and amount og722705 Set the shift distance using the key pe ie Henory 217 Top amp Botton Shift If No Shift is selected the shift width is set to 0 in This setting can also be specified by pressing the C clear key Touch lt 3 to switch between the integer and the fraction touch and to specify the width to be erased and then touch OK If a decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting If a value outside the allowable range is specified the message Input Error appears If Input Er ror appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value For a horizontal shift
142. O O Of Of O Of Of O O Of O O Of O O Of CO O CO OF O O saldoo JO ON 1 O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O O Of CO Of Of Of O Of Of O O Of O O CO O O CO CO OO old nsert Image Setting selected later Size Detect 77 Stamp Overlay Set Numbering O O O Of Of O O Of O O Of O Of Of Of O Of Of CO O O 60 Insert Sheet Cover Interleave 65 Image Repeat Set Range 66 Image Repeat Auto Original 72 Original Direction Settings 78 Stamp Overlay Built in Stamp 79 Stamp Overlay Page 73 Page Margin 74 Edit Margin 75 Centering 80 Stamp Overlay Date Time 81 Stamp Overlay Watermark 67 Image Repeat Repeat 82 Separate Scan 68 Neg Pos Reverse 70 Non Ilmage Area Erase 53 single sided copies 54 double sided copies 71 Full Scan 55 2in1 56 4in1 57 8in1 69 Erase Center Erase 49 Face Up 50 Half Fold 51 Z Fold 58 Booklet 59 OHP Interleave 62 Chapters 63 Cover Mode 64 Booklet Pagination 76 No Rotation 83 Interrupt Mode 84 Mode Memory 52 Tri 61 46 Staple 2 Position 47 Fold amp Staple 43 Offset shifted 44 Offset crisscross 48 Punch 45 Staple Corner ysl payogjes Humas gt 85 Mode Memory recall 86 HDD Store 13
143. Of A A A A peaids yoog Adoy yoog Y O O A O CO O Of O O Of O CO Of O OF CO O Original Mode uoeredas Adog yoog vlo olofolofo olofolofofolofolofofofofolofojoo reuiu pepis ejqnop ojo ojo Oojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo ojo O Of Of O CO Of O Of Of O O Of O O Of O O Of O O CO O O CO OF O ojoo D O Of O Of Of O O CO Of Of Of Of O Of Of O O CO O O CO OF O O Of Of O CO O O Of Of O Of Of Of O Of O Of Of O O CO O O CO O O O O O Of O O Of Of Of Of Of O Of O O Of O O Of O O O O O O Of O O Of O O Of O OF O O Of Of O OF O O Of O OC Cf O CO O O Of O Of O O Of O CO Of O OF OJ A A AY A A O A AY A O AJ O OF OJ A O O Of Of O Of O O Of O OF OF A A AY A AJ O A AY A O AJ O OF OF A O O Of O O Of O O Of O Of OJ A A A A A O A A A O A O OF O A Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of Of Of O OF Of O Of O O Of O O Of O O O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of O Of Of O O Of O O O O O Of O Of O O Of O O Of O OF O O Of Of O Of O O Of O CO Cf O OF O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O O O Of Of O Of O O Of O Of Of O A AY O A O O Of O OF Of O OF O O O O O Of O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O OF Of O Of O O O
144. Open the front door and replace Toner Cartridge Alda A WARNING Handling toner and the toner cartridges gt Do not throw toner or the toner cartridge into a fire gt Toner expelled from the fire may cause burns bizhub 750 600 9 3 Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes A CAUTION Precautions for toner spills gt Be careful not to spill toner inside the machine or get toner on your clothes or hands gt If your hands become soiled with toner immediately wash them with soap and water gt f toner gets in your eyes immediately flush them with water and then seek professional medical attention o2 bend D 2 p To replace the toner cartridge 1 Open the toner cartridge door Pull out the cartridge holder While pulling the toner cartridge securing lever toward you pull the car tridge holder out toward you as far as possible Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 4 bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 3 Pull up the used toner cartridge to remove it 4 Shake the new toner cartridge by turning it over about five times The toner within the toner cartridge may have become com pacted If it has be sure to
145. Operation Select whether or not print data data can be accepted for printing while a copy op eration is being performed e Accept Print data can be accepted and print ed e Receive Only Print data is printed after the copy op eration is finished e Do Not Accept Print data is not received Accept Receive Only Do Not Accept x Note Tri Fold Printed Side Selection is available only if optional finisher FS 602 Is installed Printer Setting Parameter Description Local I F Timeout Specify settings for printing For details refer to the IC 202 User s Guide Xx Note 7 Printer Setting appears only if optional printer controller IC 202 is in stalled 12 36 bizhub 750 600 Utility System Connection Parameter Description IS OpenAPI Setting Specify settings for using the network For details refer to the Net work Scanner Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Security Setting Administrator Password Description Settings Default set tings are underlined The administrator password used to specify the Administrator mode settings can be changed 12345678 User Box Admin Setting Description Specify settings for using boxes For details refer to the Box Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Administrator Security Level Description Settings Default set tings are underli
146. Photoconductor OPC Luminous source Xenon lamp Copying system Laser electrostatic transfer method Developing system Dry type dual component reverse magnetic brush developing Fusing system Heat roller Resolution 600 dpi x 600 dpi Document Types Sheets books spreads three dimensional objects Size Maximum 11 x 7 A3 Thickness Maximum 1 1 4 in Weight 15 Ib three dimen sional objects Paper types Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Custom paper 1 2 3 recycled paper colored paper special paper fine paper label sheets letterheads tab paper overhead projector transparencies trace paper Can only be fed through the bypass tray Paper sizes Tray 1 and 2 8 1 2 x 110 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 A4 W B5 Q A5 W Tray 3 and 4 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 8 1 2 x 14 F41 A3 ato A5 U Width 7 1 4 in to 12 1 4 in Length 5 3 4 in to 18 in Bypass tray 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2ca G 8 1 2 x 14 F4 A3 ato A6 a Width 4 in to 12 1 4 in Length 5 3 4 in to 18 in Paper tray capacity Tray 1 Normal paper 1 500 sheets 20Ib Tray 2 Normal paper 1 000 sheets 20Ib Tray 3 and 4 universal tray Normal paper 500 sheets 20Ib Bypass tray universal tray Normal paper 100 sheets 20Ib Warm up time bizhub 750 About 5 minutes bizhub 600 About 4 minutes and 30 seconds 6 2 bizhub 750 600 Specificati ons Specifications Image lo
147. Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 53 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 10 Adding Filing Margins to Copies Page Margin Function Copies can be printed with a filing margin so that the pages can easily be filed When making double sided copies the image orientation can be ad justed by specifying the position of the filing margin In addition the image orientation can be adjusted without creating a filing margin o bend D 2 Fen Right setting Application Functions i N eased Q Detail f the positions of the staples or punched holes are different from the binding position the positions of the staples or punched holes are given priority 8 54 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To copy using the Page Margin function Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Touch Application Ready to copy z Combine Basic Graginals Auto Paper Select Save in i User Box 4 The Application screen appears Touch Page Margin To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset Ready to copy Memory 100 Sheet zCover 7 ie ALA Book Copy Page image i Repeat Lid i aa d Adacstnens d Booklet The Page Margin screen appears Specify the position
148. Press the Utility Counter key Touch Details in the sub display area Total 6 No of Originals No of Prints 6 Total Duplex D The list of counters appears Total 4694 Ho of Originals Copy 993 a No of Prints 5199 Printer 2686 Qa 2398 Scan Print 6 o Total Duplex Sean 57 o Can the list of counters be printed gt To print the list of counters touch Print select the paper size and then press the Start key Touch Close The Basic screen appears again Note The list of counters can be displayed even while the machine is copying or printing 10 6 bizhub 750 600 Care of the Machine 1 0 10 3 When the Message Preventive maintenance time Appears If the message Preventive maintenance time appears contact your tech nical representative and request a periodic maintenance inspection Preventive maintenance time bizhub 750 600 10 7 Chapter 10 Care of the Machine 1 1 Managing Jobs Job List 4aydeyo Qs gor sqor Bulbeueyy Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 11 Managing Jobs Job List EEI 11 Managing Jobs Job List 11 1 Overview of the Job List Screen Jobs Specifying the desired copy settings then pressing the Start key queues the copy operation in this machine This queued operation is called a job In the same way operations for making scans and computer printouts are also queued as jobs e Jobs that are being performed and the job
149. See eicem xipuoddy 13 8 Appendix 1 3 Original Mode Finishing Settings Cory Mode Setting selected later gt 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 i APPPPER T PEBRRPPEAEEE OEE 3 25 S S LF21G 2 5 S B S 3 2 SlsiNjz 8 8 8 3 ojoj Q O O O shela ATE o o 2 a 21S Bl al al No gl 5l elal S13 2 a Selge 5al sze kaka 2 2 3 s e 8 Se 2 9 S S 3 PEMHAREHE Oo 52 B 8 s C JE i a a8 o a 43 Offset shifted O O O Of Of O O Of O O A FY O O O Oj O OF O O 44 Offset crisscross O O O O CO O O O O OJO y v viv 45 Staple Corner O O O CO O Of CO O Of O OF N FO F O O Of O O O Yy 46 Staple 2 Position O Of O Of Of Of O OC Of O O Yi YN YOY O CO CO O CO O Y 47 Fold amp Staple O O A A vio Of O Of VIA vivi v 0 O 0 48 Punch O O O O O O O O O O Of Of VIA yi vio OC O Of O O y asje ff ofofo O ofoo ofolo ol vl Nyololo 50 O O AJA 0 O O viol A vivi v vA v vi 0 0
150. Select this setting to fold copies at the center and then FS 504 fold them in half again before feeding them out Z FS 602 folding unit ZU 602 must be installed gt L 3 66 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Setting Description Compatible Models Tri Fold Select this setting to fold copies in three before feed FS 602 ing them out 7 lt To fold copies at the center Half Fold Y As the default setting the Booklet function is automatically specified when Half Fold is selected In the Basic screen touch Folding o6 14 05 Ready to copy iF Memory 100 Auto Paper Select Separate Scan Save n s User Box s Folding The Folding screen appears Touch Half Fold os 22 05 Ready to copy 16 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Half Fold setting touch the button for a different setting E bizhub 750 600 3 67 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Touch OK The Basic screen appears again When finisher FS 602 is installed Paper Weight Paper Size Maximum Number of Folded Sheets 16lb to 21 1 4Ib 11 x 17m 8 1 2 x 14m 8 1 2 x 11 3 sheets Maximum 12 1 4in width x 18 1 16in 21 1 4lb to 28lb length 1 sheet Number of Folded Sheets Maxim
151. Zoom ADF Select Tray when APS OFF Select Tray for Insert Sheet Exit Direction Of 1 Sheet Platen Tri Fold Printed Side Selection L Print Jobs During Copy Operation 5 Scanner Set _ Black Compression ting p 12 23 Level 6 Printer Set 1 Basic Setting PDL Setting ting p 12 23 Number of Sets Original Direction Spool Print H Jobs in HDD before RIP A4 A3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Switch Banner Setting Admin Number Text Density 2 Paper Setting Paper Tray Default Paper Size 2 Sided Print Bind Direction Staple Hole Punch Banner Paper Tray 12 4 bizhub 750 600 Utility User Setting Cont 6 Printer Set ting Cont 3 PCL Setting Typeface OS Symbol Set wo Font Size R Line Page 5 CR LF Mapping 4 PS Setting PS Error Print L 5 Print Reports Configuration Page Demo Page PCL Font List PS Font List Administrator Setting 1 System Set
152. a copy with the original image slightly reduced x0 930 Y The zoom ratio of the Minimal setting can be changed between x0 900 and x0 999 For details on changing the zoom ratio for the Minimal set ting refer to Storing the Desired Zoom Ratio on page 3 38 In the Basic screen touch Zoom 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 Memory 100 Auto Paper Select The Zoom screen appears Touch Minimal os 22 05 Ready to copy 5 24 Hemory 214 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 3 31 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Selecting a Preset Zoom Ratio Enlarge and Reduce Settings The most appropriate zoom ratio can be selected for copying from a com mon standard original size to a standard paper size Y Touch to enlarge the zoom ratio and touch to reduce the zoom ra tio in x0 001 increments In the Basic screen touch Zoom 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 Memory 100 auto Paper Select Folding The Zoom screen appears Touch the button for the appropriate zoom ratio according to the orig inal and paper sizes os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 32 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Typing In the Zoom Ratio Zoom with Constant X and Y Rati
153. ab of the Job List screen For more details refer to the Facsimile Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Current Jobs Switches from Job History to Current Jobs This lists the jobs that are currently being performed and the jobs are queued waiting to be performed Job History Switches from Current Jobs to Job History This lists the completed jobs Held Jobs Active Jobs Specifies the type of jobs displayed in the Job List screen Change the display mode by touching the appropriate button The buttons that appear differ depending on the tab or list Current Jobs or Job History that is displayed Exit Quits Job List mode and returns to the screen that was displayed before Job List was touched Delete Deletes job selected in the Current Jobs list For details refer to To delete a job on page 11 6 Increase Priority Selects the next job to be printed after the current job is finished For details refer to To increase priority for printing on page 11 18 The buttons that appear differ depending on the tab or list Current Jobs or Job History that is displayed eck Jol isplays screens for checking the settings for the jo Check Job Displ for checking th ings for the job selected in the Current Jobs list For details refer to To check the job settings on page 11 8 Detail Displays screens for checking the status results error details
154. age requesting confirmation to cancel En large Display mode touch OFF To display the message requesting confirmation to cancel Enlarge Display mode touch the button 30 sec 60 sec 90 sec or 120 sec for the length of time that the message is to be displayed To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch OK The Accessibility Setting screen appears again Touch Close or press the Accessibility key The Basic screen appears again Note With the Enlarge Display mode in Copy mode the function and setting names and the illustrations are displayed at a larger size so that they can be seen more easily For details on the Enlarge Display mode refer to the Enlarge Display Operations of the User s Guide bizhub 750 600 4 27 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations To set the Message Display Time function It is possible to specify the length of time for displaying warning messages which appear for example when an incorrect operation is performed The factory default setting is 3 sec Display the Accessibility Setting screen To display the screen refer to page 4 23 Touch Message Display Time or press the 3 key in the keypad Accessibility Setting cee Hepedt Start interval Time The Message Display Time screen appears Se 4 28 bizh
155. ail The insertion can be added at a maximum of 30 locations within an orig inal of up to 999 pages For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Original on page 3 7 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 77 To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset Optional paper trays F1 and F2 appear when optional cover sheet feed er PI 507 is installed however they cannot be set bizhub 750 600 8 17 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions To copy using the Insert Sheet function Position the original to be copied Load the paper to be used as the insertion into the desired paper tray Load the paper for copying the original into a different paper tray Use paper with the same size for the cover pages and for the main body of the original and load them in the same orientation Touch Application os 1a o5 Ready to copy 17 Menory Auto Paper Select Save in User Box a The Application screen appears Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Ready to copy Menory 101 Stanp Over lay i The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears bizhub 750 600 Application Functions Touch Insert Sheet on to copy 4 Memory Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter
156. ails refer to the IC 202 User s Guide x Note Print Data Capture appears only if optional printer controller IC 202 is installed HDD Setting Parameter Description Check HDD Capacity Delete Unused User Box Delete Secure Print Doc uments Overwrite All Data HDD Lock Password Specify settings for using boxes For details refer to the Box Oper ations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide 12 38 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen The following procedure describes how to display the Administrator Setting Screen Press the Utility Coun ter key Utility Counter we Touch 3 Administrator Setting Heter Count Total No of Originals No of Prints Administrator o Setting Total Duplex An item can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad for the number beside the desired button For Administrator Setting press the 3 key in the keypad bizhub 750 600 12 39 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Type in the password and then touch OK Administrator Password Enter the Administrator Passw For details on typing in text refer to Entering Text on page 13 2 Administrator Utility System Connection The Administrator Setting screen appears x Note To quit specifying the Utility
157. aper trays are switched automatically Thick Paper Select this setting when the thick paper that is loaded has a weight of 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Thin Paper Select this setting when the Thin paper that is loaded has a weight of 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically OHP Select this setting when overhead projector F transparencies are loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se i lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Custom 1 Select this setting when custom paper 1 is loaded Fu A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se F lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Custom 2 Select this setting when custom paper 2 is loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec z ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Custom 3 Select this setting when custom paper 3 is loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se BS lect
158. ars Touch 5 Punch Resist Loop Size Punch Adjustment Administrator setting The Punch Regist Loop Size screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 61 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Touch the button for setting to be specified Punch Regis Loop Size 0 0 mm Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The Punch Regist Loop Size screen appears again Check the punch positions in the sample copy If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val ue If the positions of the punched holes are not aligned on the paper touch and to increase or decrease the adjustment between 16 0 mm and 16 0 mm If the adjustment value is large the edge of the paper may become folded 12 62 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 13 Repeat steps 7 through 11 until the desired print results are achieved Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 1 in 25 4 mm When PK 505 and ZU 602 are installed adjustments can be made using both the Punch Adjustment and Z Fold Position Adjustment param eters Contact your technical representative Adjusting the Z Fold Positions The first and second folding positions for Z Fol
159. ater or any other similar foreign matter get inside the product immediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative N CAUTION After installing this product mount it on a se cure base If the unit moves or falls it may cause personal injury Do not place the product in a dusty place ora site exposed to soot or steam near a kitchen table bath or a humidifier A fire electrical shock or breakdown could result Do not place this product on an unstable or tilt ed bench or in a location subject to a lot of vi bration and shock It could drop or fall causing personal injury or mechanical breakdown Do not let any object plug the ventilation holes of this product Heat could accumulate inside the product resulting in a fire or malfunction Do not use flammable sprays liquids or gases near this product as a fire could result OOO OS 1 6 bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions Ventilation A CAUTION Always use this product in a well ventilated lo cation Operating the product in a poorly venti lated room for an extended period of time could injure your health Ventilate the room at regular intervals Actions in response to troubles WARNING Do not keep using this product if this product becomes inordinately hot or emits smoke or unus
160. ations 2 13 5 FUSING UNIT aianei ae 2 5 Ground Ng aii siiin seairidiiiene 1 5 Group setting neeese 3 57 Half f ldi sisenta iaaa 3 67 Hard disk drive HD 503 04 2 7 Held JODS ws s sessescceniveeveceenseoes 11 11 Help key Help MENU eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 17 4 20 Help screens ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 17 4 22 l ICONS ech tienen ae 2 18 Image adjustment settings 8 61 Image repeat 0 0 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Initial setting 0 e eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeees Insert image oes ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeteeees Insert sheet 0 ceececeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee Interrupt key eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Interrupting a copy job J JAM location display screen 5 6 Job details n e Job history JOD lists o asties sdiaiindaienaes Job settings 0 eee eeeseeeeeeeereeeeees Key counter cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 2 7 Key repeat start interval time 4 23 bizhub 750 600 14 3 Chapter 14 Index Chapter 14 Index 1 4 Index Keypad sranie ne aeaa ae ite ats 2 15 Network connector cseeee 2 4 Network setting cceeeeeeees 12 35 i Next job reservation u s 3 72 e ee Oe pee beter g 5 Non Image area erase ss 8 75 Leading edge adjustment 12 41 Numbering 2eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 8 88 Left edge adjustment 04 12 43 Left partition glass
161. ations Adjusting the Print Density Density Settings In the Basic screen touch Density 06714705 Ready to copy 17 E Memory 100 Auto Paper Select The Density screen appears Select the desired Density setting os 22 05 Ready to copy 16 10 Density lt Background Density Remogal Each time Light or Dark is touched the density is lightened or darkened by one level To select the middle of the nine levels touch Std Touch Auto to automatically adjust the level of the density accord ing to the document being copied Touch OK bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Adjusting the Background Density Adjust Background Settings In the Basic screen touch Density 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 Memory 100 Auto Paper Select The Density screen appears Select the desired background density setting os 22 05 Ready to copy 6 10 Each time Light or Dark is touched the density is lightened or darkened by one level To select the middle of the nine levels touch Std Touch OK bizhub 750 600 3 49 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations oO D 2 p Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 10 Selecting
162. can be made using paper different from the cover pages and main body of the document excluding the cover pages and cover pages can be added using paper different from the copy 5 The following types of cover pages and front and back cover page settings Q are available Ta Setting Description no Front Copy The first page of the original is copied onto paper for the front cover S sheet With double sided copying the second page of the original is copied 2 onto the back of the front cover sheet 5 LL Front Blank Paper for the front cover sheet is added as the first page of the copy E The same operation is performed with double sided copying e kz Back Copy The last page of the original is copied onto paper for the back cover S sheet am With double sided copying a double sided copy of the last two pag Qa es of the original is printed on paper for the back cover sheet if the lt original contains an even number of pages Back Blank Paper for the back cover sheet is added after the last page of the copy The same operation is performed with double sided copying 3 wy REPORT 1 112 Front copy Back copy REPORT 3 3 4 1 1 ORT Front blank Back blank 8 12 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To copy using the Cover Mode function Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioni
163. cation screen touch Standard Size and then specify the size of the original What do the Book Erase functions do Erase and Center Erase can be used together How are settings specified for the Erase function Refer to Erasing Specified Areas of Copies Erase Functions on page 8 69 In addition 8 34 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 How are settings specified for the Center Erase function gt Refer to To erase the center of copies Center Erase function on page 8 73 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears In the Basic screen touch Paper and then select the paper tray load ed with the paper Ready to copy Memory 100 Change irae Set ings If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies bizhub 750 600 8 35 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 11 Press the Start key If Front and Back Cover was selected the back cover is scanned after the front cover and then all page spreads are scanned in or der Lit TT T Ty SURVEYOR S REPORT Aa jes If Front Cover was selected all page spreads are scanned in or der after the front cover
164. ccssseeeeeseeeeeeeensneeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeee 8 38 To automatically detect the scanning area Auto Original Size Detect ceeeecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeees 8 40 To repeat the specified area Set Range ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeee 8 43 To repeat the image the specified number of times Repeat 8 47 8 9 Copying an Original on Two Pages Booklet Pagination Function ccceseseeeeeeseneeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeee 8 51 To copy using the Booklet Pagination function ee 8 52 8 10 Adding Filing Margins to Copies Page Margin Function 8 54 To copy using the Page Margin function cceeeeeeeeeee 8 55 To adjust the position of the binding margin Edit Margin setting cnasksm iedig dees cette ethene 8 57 8 11 Adjusting the Image To Fit the Paper Image Adjustment SettingS cccssseeccssseseeeeseseeeeeesssneeneeseeeeeee 8 61 To copy using the Image Adjustment settings ceeee 8 63 8 12 Copying Booklet Original Booklet Function ccsssseeeee 8 66 To copy using the Booklet function ccceeeeeeeeteeeteeeeteeeeeeeee 8 67 8 13 Erasing Specified Areas of Copies Erase Functions 8 69 To erase specified areas of copies Erase function 055 8 70 To erase the center of copies Center Erase function 8 73 To erase specified areas of copie
165. ceeeceeeeeneeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeee 2 53 3 1 General Copy Operation cccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeeeesseneaeeeees 3 2 Tomake a COPY s 8s she etn dae aa ds et eae ee 3 2 3 2 Operations That Cannot Be Combined ss eccssseeeeeeseeeeeeees 3 5 Operations where the setting specified last is given priority 3 5 Operations where the setting specified first is given priority 3 6 3 3 Positioning the Original cccssseeeceesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeeeeeees 3 7 To position the original into the ADF ccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 7 To position the original on the original glass cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 9 bizhub 750 600 x 5 Introduction 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting cccccceeceeceeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeseeees 3 11 Scanning a Multi Page Original from the Original Glass 3 13 Specifying Original SettingS ccsssseeeessseeeeeesseeeeeeeseseeeeeesenees 3 15 Copying Original of Mixed Sizes Mixed Original Setting 3 15 Positioning Folded Z Folded Original esseesseeesseeeeeneeeeees 3 17 Positioning Tabbed Original ceseeeseeeesseeeseeeeeneeeeneeeeeneeeenees 3 18 Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings 3 20 To specify an Original Direction Setting eseees
166. ceeeeees Reserving a copy job Reset key eescccceesescceeeeeseeeeeeesnees Right side door of the paper tray 2 3 Safety information Sample COPY eceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees SCAN KOy aikeistaan cdi oe Sieedeeiens Scanner Setting ieee Scanning nesrece Security setting 0 0 essere Separate scan setting Serial Port aiin ii Set NUMbETSING essre Set range seca cesses seen eanieeedeeet Set ZOOM ratios ccccceeeeeeeeeeees Shift tray SF 601 Single sided copies Sleep mode ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Sort setting oo eeeeseeeeseeeeeneeteenees Space requirements Special paper ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Special paper setting Specifications ceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeee Stacker unit cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Standard size 1 settings 7 24 Standard size 2 settings 7 25 Standard size settings 7 10 Staple Cartridge esseere 9 7 Stapling aiid AA 3 59 Stapling position adjustment 12 45 Start key oninia ieni Sub tray Finisher System connection System setting 0 0 I Tab Paper virsas piate 2 46 2 52 Tabbed original ceeeee 3 18 TOSt Punts a roata eapi 4 5 Toner cartridge cceceeseeeeeeneeeees 9 2 Toner cartridge door 2 3 9 4 Toner cartridge securing lever bizhub 750 600 Chapter 14 Index Chapter 14 Index Index Tray A het te RS 2 3 2 41 T
167. ch Tab Original eady to copy Graginals Combine Pages The Tab Original Size screen appears Touch the button for the size of the positioned original Cancel Touch OK bizhub 750 600 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings When copying double sided original making double sided copies or using a Combine Originals setting specify the original orientation otherwise the copies may not be printed in the correct page order or correct front and back page arrangement x Note a The default setting is the first setting with the top of the original at the top 5 toward the back of the machine 2 g Original Positioning Orientation Using the ADF Using the Original Icon Description Glass Select this setting for an original positioned with the top toward the back of this machine n Cc 2 i oO D 2 O gt 2 e O 2 a is ian Select this setting for an original positioned with the top toward the front of this machine lt e Select this setting for an original positioned into the ADF with the top of the original toward the left side of this machine e Select this setting for an original placed on the original glass with the top of the original toward the right side of this machine
168. cidentecetalaees 1 16 2 1 Part Names and Their Functions sssssssnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 2 2 Outside f MachiNe snn a a a a ai 2 2 Inside Of MAChine seisicicccdocdeescesdiuces dgstarvecseadaveaveeidiecurdasdivevinns dus coneiens 2 5 OPTIONS cies sos hentai wate eee Ee es es 2 6 Large Capacity Tray LU 401 LU 402 ooo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeteneees 2 8 Finisher FS 504 FS 602 Punch Kit PK 505 ccsssssseceeeeeees 2 9 Cover Sheet Feeder PI 501 arinen earita ae ar iaaa ia 2 11 Z Folding Unit ZU 602 ine as naiai aeria ia A Aa aA n 2 12 Shift Tray SE 6O 4 sri e aeaa a N aa ea i EEE a tae 2 13 x 4 bizhub 750 600 Introduction ControliPanel a a el ee tet a hes 2 14 Basic Settings Screen Basic Screen cceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 2 17 Icons That Appear in the Touch Panel cccccccseesssssssssteeees 2 18 2 2 Adjusting the Angle of the Control Panel sescsssseeeeeesees 2 20 To adjust the angle of the control panel ccsccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 20 2 3 Turning on the Main Power and the Sub Power ssssesesses 2 22 TO turn on thema Chine a aaa roaa e aana Ee E 2 22 To scan during warm up eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaee 2 24 To turn Off themachihe serine aeaa eaae aaa Eia 2 26 Automatically Canceling the Settings Automatic Panel Reset 2 27 Automatically Canceling the Mode Screen Automatic System Rese
169. cifications Paper types Main tray Sort and Group settings Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib la bel sheets overhead projector transparencies trace paper Offset Sort and Offset Group settings Normal pa per 16 to 24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Staple Normal paper 16 to 21 1 4 Ib Sub tray Sort and Group settings Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib BM tray Booklet Fold amp Staple settings setting Normal paper 16 to 21 1 4 Ib Booklet Half Fold settings Normal paper 16 to 21 1 4 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 28 Ib Tri Fold setting Normal paper 16 to 21 1 4 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 to 28 Ib Paper sizes Main tray 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga y 8 1 2 x 14 Ga and F4 Sub tray 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga y 8 1 2 x 14 Ga and F4 BM tray 11 x 17 Ga 8 1 2 x 14 Gand 8 1 2 x 11 Paper capacity Main tray 1 500 sheets of 8 1 2 x 14 size paper or larger 2 500 sheets of 8 1 2 x 11 size paper 500 sheets of 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 size pa per or smaller or 100 sets 8 1 2 x 11 9 stapled pages Sub tray 200 sheets BM tray 20 sets 11 x 17 5 sheets with the Fold amp Staple setting 33 sets 11 x 17 3 sheets with the Half Fold setting or 50 sets
170. ck screens for the copy job appear The buttons for functions where the setting has been changed from the default appear selected Check the copy settings registered with the selected copy program Touch Job End doooodomooR doomodoooop 2 Folded Original Mixed Original The Recall Copy Program screen appears again Can different settings be displayed gt To display the previous screen touch lt Back To display the next screen touch Fwd Again touch the button for the program with the desired copy settings Touch OK If OK is touched with no copy program selected the Basic screen appears again without a copy program recalled The selected copy program is recalled and the Basic screen appears again Press the Start key Copying begins with the recalled copy settings bizhub 750 600 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Additional Copy Operations Note To stop recalling the copy program press the Reset key or the Mode Memory key or touch Cancel The copy settings cannot be changed trom the Mode Check screens bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 6 Displaying Function Descriptions Help Descriptions of the various functions and details of operations can be viewed There are two methods for displaying the Help screens e Main Help Menu screen from the Basic screen
171. copy touch Change Setting umber of H S Pages ii Ce The Change Setting screen appears In the Change Job Setting screen change the copy settings as desired and then touch OK os e2705 To edit Proof Copy choose settings changing 16 36 Pr inting Stopped Chapters 4 Came f Change To change a value press the C clear key and then use the key pad to type in the new value Can the copy settings be changed gt The following copy settings can be specified after a sample copy is printed of Sets 1 Sided 2 Sided Finishing Folding Page Margin Stamp Overlay Cover Mode Insert Sheet Chapters How are changes to the copy settings canceled gt Touch Cancel Why is the button for the setting that wish to change not dis played The copy setting cannot be changed gt Ifthe copy settings cannot be changed stop printing the proof copy Then press the Reset key to cancel the copy settings and then specify the desired settings 4 6 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 Press the Proof Copy key to print another sample copy If copying stops while the proof copy screen or the Change Setting screen is displayed after the proof copy was printed press the Re set key Otherwise from the list of jobs on the left side of the touch panel select the proof copy job that stopped and then touch Delete In the screen that ap
172. creen appears Touch Book Copy EEEE Book Copy i The Book Scanning screen appears Touch the button for the desired setting Select from following i Cancel If necessary touch Erase or Center Erase under Book Erase To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Book Copy function touch OFF bizhub 750 600 8 33 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 lt amp Application Functions Application Functions Erase screen os 22 05 Set erase width using Key 15 24 Hemory Center Erase screen Set erase width using key Touch to switch between the integer and the fraction touch and to specify the width to be erased and then touch OK If a decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting If a value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value If a Book Erase function is specified touch Image Adjustment in the Appli
173. ction 11 1 Overview of the Job List Screen sssssunnesnnunnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 11 2 JODS cents went an oe e anaE 11 2 MultisJob Feature n Soreni atn ae aes 11 2 JOD List Screens iyena ana oaaae aaa a aaa aan aana an 11 2 11 2 Performing Operations on JODS 2 ccscseeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeessseeneeeees 11 6 Tovdelete d OD r lintel Ae eee 11 6 To check the job settings cccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 11 8 Displayed Information cceeee To check the job details To display Current Jobs Held Jobs and Active Jobs lists 11 11 To display JOD HiStOry 0 0 eeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeesaeeeeneeeeeeeeenaees 11 12 To print a sample copy of a stored job 0 0 0 eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 11 13 To printastored job a e e hed ena een ae 11 15 To increase priority for printing cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 11 18 12 12 1 Overview of Utility Mode ssssnnnsnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnna 12 2 List of Registration Information cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteeneeees 12 2 12 2 Selecting a Destination Register cccsseeceessseeeesssneeeesees 12 11 One Touch Registration ecceeseeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeenneeeeeeees 12 11 Sen BOX eiaeaen ae e a Set tel Ga ee 12 11 Displaying the Destination Register Screen ccsceeeeeees 12 12 12 3 Specifying User Settings
174. curity Details Password Rules bizhub 750 600 12 9 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility Manual Desti nation Input Administrator Setting 9 Security Set 4 Security Print Data Cont ting Cont Details Cont Capture c 5 HDD Setting 1 Check HDD Capacity 2 Delete Un used User Box 3 Delete Secure Print Documents 5 Overwrite All Data L 6 HDD Lock Password 12 10 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 12 2 Selecting a Destination Register This section describes the main parameters and operations that can be per formed after pressing the Utility Counter key then touching 1 One Touch Registration One Touch Registration Parameter Description Address Book Register recipients for scanning For details refer to the Network Scanner Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Group Guide Program Subject Text for E mail XQ Note f user authentication has been set to ON 1 One Touch Registration does not appear when no user has logged on However after a user has logged on 1 One Touch Registration appears User Box Parameter Description Public Personal User Box Register recipients for boxes For details refer to the Box Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Note 3 Use
175. d For details refer to Controlling the Use of This Machine With User Authentication on page 2 33 User authentication and account track User authentication and account track can be used to specify the following settings e User authentication Limits on the available functions copy operations scanning operations and printing Counters for printing scanning by each user Limits on the number of pages printed Management of personal boxes by each owner Delete and restrict jobs of other users e Account track Counters for printing scanning from each account Limits on the number of pages printed bizhub 750 600 12 71 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility When User Authentication and Account Track Are Synchronized User 1 e Account 2a T j Te lt User 2 T sone This setup is used when the machine is used by multiple departments and the use by each employee is managed by each department With this setup totals can be maintained on each employee each user and on each depart ment each account x Note The account track and user authentication settings can be specified sep arately Check the differences between these features and then specify the appropriate settings 12 72 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 When User Authentication and Account Track Are Used S
176. d can be adjusted Y Use the Z Fold function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created When making adjustments to settings for both the 1st Z Folded Posi tion and 2nd Z Folded Position be sure to first adjust the setting for the 1st Z Folded Position Y The Z fold position can be adjusted only when optional Z folding unit ZU 602 is installed Display the Administrator Setting screen Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 4 Z Fold Position Adjustment The Z Fold Position Adjustment screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 63 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Touch 1st Z Folded Position or 2nd Z Folded Position Touch ist Z Folded Position to adjust the first folding position Touch 2nd Z Folded Position to adjust the second folding posi tion Administrator setting Z FOld Position Adjustment The 1st Z Folded Position or 2nd Z Folded Position screen appears Touch the button for the paper size to be set Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The 1st Z Folded Position or 2nd Z Folded Position screen appear
177. d copied Allows a user to select the type and size of a document Why is there no Help information for some functions in the Help Menu screen gt Depending on the displayed screen there may be no Help informa tion for some functions Is there more information about the buttons of the help screens gt Refer to Overview of Help Screens on page 4 17 After checking the Help information touch Exit or press the Help key To return to the upper level Help Menu screen touch t in the Help screen displayed by selecting an item in a Function Map The screen that was displayed before the Help key was pressed ap pears again 4 22 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 7 Specifying Control Panel Settings Accessibility Mode This section contains details on the procedures for specifying control panel settings and adjusting the touch panel Displaying the Accessibility Setting Screen gt Press the Accessibility key To exit the Accessi bility Setting screen Accessibility and return to the Ba sic screen touch Close The Accessibility Setting screen appears To set the Key Repeat Start Interval Time function The length of time until the setting begins to change after holding down or in the Zoom screen or Light or Dark in the Density screen and the length of time for the value to change in Enlarge Display mode can be spec
178. d that consists of a repetition of the same character cannot be registered e The same password as one before being changed can not be registered User Box Password Limitations on the number of characters Limitations on registering changing 8 alphanumeric characters case sensitive e A password that consists of a repetition of the same character cannot be registered e The same password as one before being changed can not be registered 12 92 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 ID for the confidential document Limitations on the number of Limitations on registering changing characters Between 1 and 8 alphanumeric Cannot be changed characters case sensitive Password for the confidential document Limitations on the number of Limitations on registering changing characters 8 alphanumeric characters case A password that consists of a repetition of the same sensitive character cannot be registered e The same password as one before being changed can not be registered Note Use the administrator password when specifying settings on the Admin istrative Setting screen Use the user name account name when user authentication account track settings have been applied Use the user password account password when user authentication ac count track settings have been applied For details on the User Box Password ID for the confidential docu me
179. d to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting If a value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the value was in correctly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value Touch OK three times bizhub 750 600 8 45 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions In the Basic screen touch Paper and then select the paper tray load ed with the paper Change 4 gree Set ings The number of times that the image is repeated can also be speci fied For details refer to To repeat the image the specified number of times Repeat on page 8 47 If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 46 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To repeat the image the specified number of times Repeat The number of times that the image is repeated can be selected The following procedure describes how to specify settings when Repeat is selected Vv lf 2 Repeat was selected the distance between the repeats ca
180. decorated with foil or embossing Paper of a non standard shape not rectangular Paper that is bound with glue staples or paper clips Paper with labels attached Paper with ribbons hooks buttons etc attached Paper Storage Observe the following precautions when storing the paper Store paper in a cool dark location with little humidity If the paper becomes damp paper misfeeds may occur Paper that has not been loaded should be kept wrapped or placed in a plastic bag and stored in a cool dark location with little humidity Store the paper laying flat not standing on its edge Curled paper may cause paper misfeeds Keep paper out of the reach of children bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Automatic Tray Switching Feature If the selected paper tray runs out of paper while a job is being printed anda different paper tray is loaded with paper meeting the following conditions the other paper tray is automatically selected so printing can continue If the optional large capacity tray LU 401 LU 402 is installed a maximum of 7 600 copies with 8 1 2 x 11 W 20Ib paper can be made continuously The paper tray is automatically switched only if the ATS Permission parameter in the Utility mode is set to Permit Operating Conditions e The paper is the same size e The paper is positioned in the same orientation e The paper is the same type e Paper trays that are selected when the paper tray is auto
181. desired 15 24 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel The specified zoom ratio is stored Touch OK and then touch OK in the next two screens that appear The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 3 39 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 7 Selecting a Simplex Duplex Setting 1 Side 2 Sides Settings The type of original and copy can be specified The following four 1 Side 2 Sides settings are available 1 Side 2 Sides Setting Description 1 1 Select this setting to produce single sided copies from single sided original o jo Q 5 O Ra 1 1 1 2 Select this setting to produce one double sided copy from two single sided original dian Basic Copy Operations 2 1 Select this setting to produce two single sided copies from one double sided original 2m2 3 40 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 1 Side 2 Sides Setting Description 2 2 Select this setting to produce double sided copies from double sided original pz fe The following procedures describe how to select a 1 Side 2 Sides setting N J Q p Basic Copy Operations bizhub 750 600 3 41 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations To select single sided copies Y The default setting is 1 E 1 Y If 2 E 1 is select
182. djustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Tri Fold Position The Tri Fold Position screen appears 12 66 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch the button for the paper size to be set Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The Tri Fold Position screen appears again Check the folding positions in the sample copy If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val ue Ifthe folding position is too far on the right side of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 12 7 mm bizhub 750 600 12 67 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility If the folding position is too far on the left side of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 12 8 mm gt L 12 Repeat steps 6 through 11 until the desired print results are achieved 13 Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm Adjusting the Pitch of the Two Staples The distance between the two staples can be adjusted VY Use the 2 Position Staple function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created v 6 2 Position Staple appears only if finisher FS 602 is in
183. e Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 1 Center Staple Position The Center Staple Position screen appears Touch the button for the paper size to be set Center Staple Position bizhub 750 600 12 45 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility 7 Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears 8 Press the Start key The sample copy is printed J Touch Close The Center Staple Position screen appears again 10 Compare the width of the left pages of the copy sample with the width of the right pages to check for the center of the paper 11 Ifthe desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment value Ifthe staple position gt is too far to the right of the center of the paper touch be tween 0 1 mm and 12 7 mm If the staple position is too far to the left of the center of the pa per touch be tween 0 1 mm and 12 8 mm To scroll through the values quickly touch or H continuous gt ly a aS 12 Repeat steps 6 through 11 until the desired print results are achieved
184. e User Counter screen for the current user A confirmation mes sage appears asking whether the counter should be cleared To clear the counters for the current user touch Yes The maximum number allowed is not cleared Touch Close bizhub 750 600 12 85 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 12 Utility 12 9 Account Track Setting amp Note A total of 1 000 users and accounts can be registered on this machine Account Track Registration The password and number of prints allowed can be specified for each ac count using this machine The following procedure describes how to specify accounts when Account Track Input Method on the General Settings screen is set to Account Name amp Password Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 4 User Authentication Account Track The User Authentication Account Track screen appears Touch 3 Account Track Setting The Account Track Setting screen appears Touch 1 Account Track Registration 12 86 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch the button for the desired account The Account Track Registration screen appears If Account Name amp Password was selected ACCOUNG Track Registration If Password Only was selected account Track Registratioi Select item to reg
185. e are four methods for using the ADF Normal method For original of mixed sizes For Z folded original For original on tab paper There are limits on the types of original that can be positioned with each method Normal method Single Sided Original Double Sided Original Original paper type Weight Normal paper 16 Ib to 24 Ib Original size 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga and 8 1 2 x 14 Paper capacity 100 sheets 21 1 4 Ib paper For documents of mixed sizes Single Sided Original Double Sided Original Original paper type Weight 13 1 4 Ib to 53 1 4 Ib Original size Refer to Mixed originals paper sizes Paper capacity 100 sheets 21 1 4 Ib paper bizhub 750 600 7 33 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original Mixed originals paper sizes The following chart shows the possible combinations of standard sized pa per that can be used with the Mixed Original setting Maximum Original 11x17 8 1 2 x 8 1 2 x 8 1 2 x 5 1 2 x 5 1 2 x Width a 110 40 11 8 1 2Q 8 1 2 J Original Size 11x170 O O 8 1 2 x110 O O 8 1 2 x 14 O O O O O 8 1 2 x110 O O O O O 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 D O O O O O 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 O O Possible Not possible Q Detail T Indicates the width of the widest original size of the mixed originals widt
186. e fraction and then touch and to type in the length of side Y 8 15 16 in to 12 5 16 in Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the length For details on switching between decimal and fraction values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen and the specified value is outside the allowable range the message Input Error appears Type a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then spec ify the correct value Can paper sizes be stored gt Two specified non standard paper sizes can be stored gt For details on storing paper sizes refer to To store a non standard paper size Custom Size settings Store on page 7 14 gt To recall a stored paper size touch memory1 or memory2 gt The names of the stored paper sizes memory1 and memory2 can be changed For details on changing the names refer to To store a non standard paper size Custom Size settings Store on page 7 14 Touch OK three times The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 7 13 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original To store a non standard paper size Custom Size settings Store Two non standard paper sizes can be stored Storing paper sizes that are used often allows the paper size t
187. e scanning area touch Set Range and then specify the size of the scanning area For details on specifying a size refer to To repeat the specified area Set Range on page 8 43 When the original is positioned into the ADF the original size is au tomatically detected when the Start key is pressed so no original size appears under Scan Range If Auto Detect was selected the number of repeats is also auto matically specified To specify the desired number of repeats refer to To repeat the image the specified number of times Repeat on page 8 47 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Image Repeat function touch OFF The scanning area is detected and the size appears under Scan Range Check the scanning size under Scan Range touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears bizhub 750 600 8 41 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 e Application Functions Application Functions In the Basic screen touch Paper and then select the paper tray load ed with the paper If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 42 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To repeat the specified area Set Range The specified number of copies of the specified area can be printed on a sin gle she
188. e size appears under Scan Range Original Size Setting Touch 2 4 8 Repeat For details on specifying the repeating conditions refer to Repeat ing the Copy Image on a Sheet of Paper Image Repeat Function on page 8 38 The 2 4 8 Repeat screen appears 8 48 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions Touch the button for the desired number of repeats 06722705 Multiple images of the original will 15 24 be produced on one cop Memory 2 Repeat Two copies of the original are printed on a single sheet of paper Specify the desired setting for Repeat Interval Setting to specify the distance from the center of the paper to each copy im age 4 Repeat Four copies of the original are printed on a single sheet of paper 8 Repeat Eight copies of the original are printed on a single sheet of paper f specify the distance from the center of the paper to each copy im age after selecting 2 Repeat continue with step 10 If 4 Repeat or 8 Repeat was selected continue with step 12 Touch Repeat Interval Setting 06722705 Set the shift distance using the Key iii Memory 21 we 913 16 Touch and or use the keypad to specify the width of the shift Touch to switch between the integer and the fraction touch and to specify the dimensions and then touch OK I
189. e synchronized counters can be assigned to both accounts and users and counts for both can be totaled Touch OK If the setting for User Authentication or Account Track was changed the message Are you sure you want to clear all data appears Touch Yes The authentication method is set x Reminder If Active Directory is selected as the external server authentication specify a password of one or more characters If no password is speci fied authentication will fail Do not differentiate between uppercase and lowercase letters in the user name for the external server Since the bizhub 750 600 cannot differenti ate between uppercase and lowercase letters the operation may not be performed correctly Do not use quotation marks or the plus sign in the external server password For details on the operating conditions of the external server contact the network administrator 12 76 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Reminder Specify the external server authentication settings according to the net work environment being used Active Directory Windows 2000 Server SMB Windows NT 4 0 Server NDS NetWare 5 1 NetWare 6 0 A public user can be set to provide temporary access to this machine If public user access is permitted we recommend placing limitation on the machine functions that can be used For details refer to User Registra tion on page 12 80
190. e will be printed The machine takes about 5 minutes bizhub 750 4 minutes 30 seconds bizhub 600 to warm up at normal room temperature 68 F when the control panel is turned on using the sub power switch after the machine s turned on using the main power switch The output order can be changed or jobs can be deleted from the Current Jobs list of the Job List screen For details refer to Managing Jobs Job List on page 11 2 bizhub 750 600 2 25 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies To turn off the machine 1 Turn off the sub power switch The touch panel goes off The main power indica tor lights up in green 2 Turn off the main power switch x Reminder Do not turn off the machine with the main power switch or the sub power switch while it is making copies or printing otherwise a paper misfeed may Occur Do not turn off the machine with the main power switch or the sub power switch while it is scanning or sending or receiving data otherwise all scanned data or transmission data will be deleted Do not turn off the machine with the main power switch while a queued job or stored data is waiting to be printed otherwise the jobs will be deleted 2 26 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 Q Detail The following are cleared when the main power switch and sub power switch are turned
191. ecking the Copy Settings Mode Check From the Mode Check screens the current copy settings can be checked and changed if desired To check the settings 1 Press the Mode Check key Mode Check O bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations The Mode Check screen appears 06 22 05 de 4 in 1 Hor izon 2 Folded Original Original bizhub 750 600 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations After checking the settings touch Job End or press the Mode Check key The Basic screen appears again Q Detail There are three Mode Check screens The number of the currently dis played screen appears to the right of the screen title To display the previous screen touch Back To display the next screen touch Fwd The buttons for functions where the setting has been changed from the default appear selected To change the settings Press the Mode Check key Touch Back or Fwd until the button for the function to be changed is displayed 06722705 15 24 e Check jon Tmage rea Erase Touch the button for the setting that you wish to change The screen for specifying the setting appears Follow the appropriate procedure to change the setting 4 4 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operation
192. ecommended that the room be well venti lated Placer l appareil dans une pi ce largement ventil e Une quantit d ozone n gligable est d gag e pendant le fonctionnement de l appareil quand celui ci est utilis normalement Cependant une odeur d sagr able peut tre ressentie dans les pi ces dont l a ration est insuff isante et lorsque une utilisation prolong e de l appareil est effectu e Pour avoir la certitude de travailler dans un environnment r unissant des condi tions de confort sant et de s curit il est pr f rable de bien a rer la pi ce ou se trouve l appareil Acoustic noise For European Users Only Maschinenl rminformations Verordnung 3 GPSGV Der h chste Schalldruckpegel betr gt 70 dB A oder weniger gem ss EN ISO 7779 bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions 1 1 3 Caution Notations and Labels Safety precaution notations and labels appear on this machine at the follow ing positions Be very careful that an accident does not occur when operations such as re moving paper misfeeds are performed Chapter 1 A CAUTION AXATTENTION A PRECAUCI N ARE A CAUTION DO NOT INSERT your finger into the two EDH hinge portions otherwise you may be injured A CAUTION Hot parts inside Use care when clearing paper Z ATTENTION Temp rature lev e l i
193. ected SURVEYOR S REPORT When Front and Back Cover is selected bizhub 750 600 8 31 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions To copy using the Book Copy function Y Place the original on the original glass Place the pages on the original glass starting with the first page For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 For details on scanning the original refer to Scanning a Multi Page Original from the Original Glass on page 3 13 SIME ORS What should be done if the front and back covers are also being copied Scan the front cover then the back cover and then scan the re mainder of the original Load the paper to be used into the desired paper tray Touch Application og714705 Ready to copy BeOS Henory 1007 Auto Paper Select User Box d The Application screen appears 8 32 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch Book Copy Repeat To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset Ready to copy Sheet cover 7 Chapter Insert The Book Copy Repeat s
194. ed specify the position of the binding margin and the loading orientation for the original otherwise the copies will not be print ed as desired For details on specifying the position of the binding margin refer to Se lecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Settings on page 3 22 For details on specifying the original orientation refer to Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings on page 3 20 Y For details on using the original glass to scan multiple original pages re fer to Scanning a Multi Page Original from the Original Glass on page 3 13 In the Basic screen touch Simplex Duplex 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Auto Paper Select The Simplex Duplex screen appears Touch 1 E 1 or 2 E 1 os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 42 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 To select double sided copies Vv Vv Press the Stop key while an original is being scanned or a job is being printed For details on using the original glass to scan multiple original pages re fer to Scanning a Multi Page Original from the Original Glass on page 3 13 If 2 EX 2 is selected specify the position of the binding margin and the loading orientation for the original otherwise the copies will not be print ed as desired For details on specifying the original orientat
195. ed when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec b ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Tab Paper Select this setting when tab paper is loaded CJ A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically 7 4 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original Paper Type Icon Description Recycled ie Select this setting when recycled paper is loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Colored Paper Select this setting when colored paper is loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Fine z Select this setting when fine paper is loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Labels Select this setting when label sheets are loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically se lected when the Auto Paper Select setting is spec ified or when the paper trays are switched automatically Letterhead T Select this setting
196. editees A E E E dd E aa Available Features sssenssunsennnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nananana Automatically selecting the paper cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees Adjusting copies to the size of the paper cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Scanning the document in separate batches Copying an original containing various page SIZES n x 15 Specifying separate horizontal and vertical zoom ratios x 16 Adjusting copies according to the image quality of the original x 16 Copying multiple Original pages onto a single page Sorting Copies tinens a Stapling COPICS ves A A T NT Punching holes in copies 2 c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeas Center folding DINdiNg eeeeeeeseeeeereeeeneees Zigzag folding and folding in three Inserting paper between copies of overhead projector TTANSPAFCNGCIOS aeeie ane lou dae lentes iaaa tenaaa eaaa eaaa e x 18 Inserting copies of a different original at a specified location x 19 Adding a Cover page insertion eeseeesseeeeeeeesneeeeseeeeseeeenneeeaes Copying with chapter title pages on the front side Copying with reversed COlOrs eeseeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeenneeeeaeees Separately copying a page spread Repeating Copy images ccccceeeeeeereeeeeeee Splitting an original page into two copies Making Copies for filing cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeese
197. eed ee arinta e aeaa 5 5 Part names functions Misfeed detected cceccsseeeeee 5 5 Password for non business hours Mixed original setting 2 0 e n e E A F EETA ETTET 2 31 Mode Check eesceeeeseeereeeeeneeeeaes Password rules eeen 12 92 Mode check key cceceeeeeeeeee Power cord ccceseeteeeeeeeeees 1 3 2 4 Mode memory Power plug Mode memory key Power save key Multi page document scanning 3 13 Power source eee eeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeees 1 16 Preset ZOOM ratios seee 3 32 Preventive maintenance time 10 7 Eat POSTING rEVErSE caiisbiansst 5 28 Printer adjustment cccceee 12 41 14 4 bizhub 750 600 Index Printer controller IC 202 0 2 7 Printer setting 00 12 23 12 36 Printing priority cceeeeeeeeeee 11 18 Proof COPY lt vcstes ceestatitiadeeeestestenen 4 5 Proof copy key ccceseseeeeeeeeeees 2 15 Punch horizontal position 12 52 Punch kit PK 505 Punch resist loop size 00006 Punch settings cccceeeeeeeees Punch Unit Hor position Punch Unit Vert position Punch vertical position Punching holes cceeeeee R ReEdUGING eais eee 3 32 Regulation notices ecceeeeeees 1 9 Repat ders ee retai eSt 8 47 Replacing a toner cartridge 9 2 Replacing the staple cartridge 9 7 Replenish paper ssssssss
198. eeeeeeeeseesssees 3 43 Selecting the Quality of the Original cccssssecsseseeteeeeeeee 3 45 Positioning Original With Small Print or Photos Orig Image Type Settings 0 ee eeseeeseeeesseeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaes 3 45 To specify an Orig Image Type Setting ee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 46 Specifying the Density SettingS eccessseeneesseeeeeeeseseeeeeeseees 3 47 Adjusting the Print Density Density Settings 3 48 Adjusting the Background Density Adjust Background Settings cc cccceeeseseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 3 49 Selecting a Combine Originals Setting scsseseseesenseeeneee 3 50 Copying Multiple Original Pages Onto a Single Page Combine Origimals 2 2 is thd ieee eel 3 52 bizhub 750 600 Introduction 3 11 Selecting Finishing Settings cccsssseeeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeees 3 53 Separating Copies by Sets Sort Setting ccceeeeeeeeeees 3 56 Separating Copies by Pages Group Setting esceeee 3 57 Feeding Out Copies Face Up Face Up Setting eee 3 58 Stapling Copies Staple Settings cc ccceccecceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 59 To bind copies With staples ccccecsssessssneeeeeeeeeessssessssneeeeeees 3 61 Punching Holes in Copies Punch Settings cceeeseeeeeeeeee 3 63 TO PUNCH holes iN COPIES rener aaaea anaa eaaa a o e a ai 3 64 3 12 Specifying Folding Setti
199. eeeeseeeeeneeeees 3 21 Selecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Settings 3 22 To specify a Margin Setting ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 24 Selecting a Paper Setting ss eeccsssseeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeneeeenens 3 26 Automatically Selecting the Paper Size Auto Paper Select Setting cccccccceeeseseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseaees 3 26 Manually Selecting the Desired Paper Size screenees 3 28 Specifying a ZOOM Setting cceseeeecesesseeeeeeseneeeeesseneeeeeesseeeeeeeseees 3 29 Automatically Selecting the Zoom Ratio Auto Zoom Setting 3 29 Specifying the Same Zoom Ratio as the Original 29 0 S tting rirni ene ee ee 3 30 Slightly Reducing the Copy Minimal Setting seer 3 31 Selecting a Preset Zoom Ratio Enlarge and Reduce Settings 3 32 Typing In the Zoom Ratio Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratio Setting ceeeeeeeeeeee 3 33 Typing In Separate X and Y Zoom Ratios Independent ZOOM Settings cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 35 Selecting a Stored ZOOM Ratio 00 eseeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeae 3 37 Storing the Desired ZOOM Ratio ee eeesceeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeaes 3 38 Selecting a Simplex Duplex Setting 1 Side 2 Sides Settings 3 40 To select single sided copies cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 3 42 To select double sided Copies ccccceceessessssssneeeee
200. eesees 12 71 User authentication and account track ccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 71 When User Authentication and Account Track Are SYNCHIONIZEM theod ai Min dene Raina 12 72 When User Authentication and Account Track Are Used Separately a iienaio aan ihn wn nee inde al tia 12 73 To select an authentication Method cecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 12 74 12 8 User Authentication Setting cccesseseeeesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 12 78 Administrative Setting eeeceeeseeeeseeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 12 78 UserNameList a a ee Deen ee iee 12 78 Default Function Permission cccsccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeees 12 78 To specify the Administrative Setting sesers 12 78 User Registration eanas cota cctlenevenecebeneds uedan 12 80 Wser Counter tsi cae tei Rea Ae Ae 12 84 To check the counter satente aae aaraa aa aaa aiaa 12 84 12 9 Account Track Setting 2 cccs cccccesssseeeeessseeeeeeessseeeeeeesseeeeeeess 12 86 Account Track Registration cccccccceeeseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaee 12 86 Account Track Counter eccssoctseiiaaistaceascnasacesasecejaceieiiesasan ic 12 90 To check the COUNTED ccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeneees 12 91 12 10 Password Rules s2csio0205 cc ccsecseccese cesta cctectaanecedescusnes cdecuseedeeestecenteccue 12 92 Conditions of the password rules cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteneeeees 12 92 bizhub 750 600
201. eets that can be bound together differs depending on the paper weight 21 1 4lb paper 20 sheets 28lb paper 16 sheets To fold copies fanned Z Fold VY When the Z Fold setting is selected the Group and Face Up set tings are not available bizhub 750 600 3 69 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations In the Basic screen touch Folding 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Auto Paper Select The Folding screen appears Touch Z Fold os 22 05 Ready to copy 16 19 Memory 101 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Z Fold setting touch the button for a different set ting Touch OK The Basic screen appears again When finisher FS 504 FS 602 and Z folding unit ZU 602 are installed Paper Weight Paper Size Number of Folded Sheets 16lb to 24lb 11 x 17 Ga 8 1 2 x 14 a 1 sheet Number of Folded Sheets Maximum Number of Sets 1 sheet 30 sets To fold copies in three Tri Fold VY When the Tri Fold setting is selected the Group Offset Face Up Staple and Punch settings are not available 3 70 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations In the Basic screen touch Folding Separate Scan Auto Paper Select Save in User Box d The Folding screen
202. en the same name as a copy program that has already been registered The Recall Copy Program screen appears again The copy program is registeren and a button with the entered copy program name appears Can the specified settings for a copy program be checked gt To check the programmed copy settings touch the button for the desired copy program and then touch Check Job For details re fer to Copying With Programmed Copy Settings Mode Memory on page 4 14 How is a job deleted gt Touch the button for the desired copy program and then touch Del In the screen that appears requesting confirmation to delete the copy program touch Yes to delete the selected copy program bizhub 750 600 4 11 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Additional Copy Operations Touch OK or Cancel os 22 05 Recall copy program 15 24 Recall Copy Program To return to the Basic screen press the Mode Memory key Q Detail Copy programs cannot be changed If the Saved Job Settings Access or Lock Settings parameters have been set for a registered copy program Edit Name and Del do not ap pear For details refer to System Setting on page 12 26 To stop registering the program press the Reset key or the Mode Mem ory key No matter which screen is displayed the registration is cancelled Otherwise continue to touch Cancel
203. ens and messages Control panel Used to specify the various machine settings See p 2 14 13 Front doors left and right Opened when clearing paper misfeeds 14 Exit tray Collects printed pages XQ Note The maximum angle that the ADF is opened can be adjusted in two stag es For details contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 2 3 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies A s Sa 15 a No Part Name Description 15 Power cord Supplies power to the machine 16 Serial port RS 232C Used for transmissions with CS Remote Care 17 Network connector 10Base T Used for connecting the network cable when this 100Base TX machine is used for network printing and network scanning 2 4 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies Inside of Machine No Part Name Description 1 Toner cartridge When the toner is empty replace the cartridge 2 Toner cartridge securing lever Pull toward you to remove the ton
204. eparately User 1 e Account Ee i Sq ae This setup is used when the machine is used by multiple employees with each employee performing multiple duties which are to be totaled separate ly With this setup totals can be maintained on each employee each user and on each duty of the employee each account Chapter 12 Utility bizhub 750 600 12 73 Chapter 12 Utility 12 Utility To select an authentication method Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 4 User Authentication Account Track The User Authentication Account Track screen appears Touch 1 General Settings User Authent Cation Set i Account Track Setting The General Settings screen appears Beside User Authentication touch the button for the desired setting To cancel user authentication touch OFF To use the user authentication function from an external server touch ON External Server and then select the server type To use the user authentication function of this machine touch ON MFP General Settings User Authentication Beceseo ers Restrict Account Track Account Track Account Name amp Input Method Pas
205. eplacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 5 Close the finisher door o2 bend D 2 p Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 20 bizhub 750 600 OL Jeideyo oO S lt oO Q Ka pm tY e oO 2 O SUIYOR y JO 319 Chapter 10 Care of the Machine 10 Care of the Machine all 10 10 1 Care of the Machine Cleaning This section describes the procedures for cleaning each part Main body gt Clean the surface of the main body by wiping it with a soft cloth damp ened with a mild house hold detergent x Reminder Be sure to turn off the machine set the power switch to C before cleaning it Never use solvents such as benzene or thinner to clean the main body 10 2 bizhub 750 600 Care of the Machine 1 0 Original Glass gt Clean the surface of the original glass by wiping it with a soft dry cloth Q Reminder Never use solvents such as benzene or thinner to clean the original glass Left Partition Glass gt Clean the left partition glass by wiping it with a soft dry cloth Q Reminder Never use solvents such as benzene or th
206. er to select the desired setting Sound Yolume Setting The volume can be set in 16 levels between 0 and 16 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch OK The Sound Setting screen appears again Touch OK The Accessibility Setting screen appears again Touch Close or press the Accessibility key The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 To set the Touch Panel Adj function If the touch panel buttons do not respond correctly the position of buttons in the touch panel may not be correctly aligned with the position of the actual touch sensor and may need to be adjusted Display the Accessibility Setting screen To display the screen refer to page 4 23 Touch Touch Panel Adj or press the 5 key in the keypad Accessibility Setting The Touch Panel Adjust ment screen appears Why does the ma chine not respond when Touch Panel 5 Adj is touched je The touch sensors are not aligned on the touch panel gt Press the 5 key in the keypad bizhub 750 600 4 35 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations duced with each Touch Panel Adjustment Adjust the position of Keys on touch screen Touch 4 check keys located on corner and press START To reset press CLEAR To cancel press STOP The c
207. er unit when re placing the toner cartridge 3 ADU unit Pull out when clearing paper misfeeds For details on the levers and buttons of the ADU unit refer to the screens that appear when a paper misfeed oc curs 4 Lever M4 Lowered to the left in order to pull out the ADU unit when clearing paper misfeeds Drum unit Forms the copy image Fusing unit Fuses the image that was formed onto the paper Main power switch Used to turn the machine on and off INI oO Total counter Shows the total number of pages that have been printed Reminder Parts in the fusing unit are extremely hot Touching any part in this unit may result in burns bizhub 750 600 2 5 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Options bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies No Part Name Description Main body The original is scanned by the scanner section and the scanned image is printed by the printer section Referred to as the machine or main body throughout the manual Shift tray SF 601 Separates copies fed out at an offset Cover sheet feeder PI 501 Allo
208. esessessrreerseresrrnssinnrirnrrnsrnnsenn 6 5 Large Capacity Tray LU 402 sseesssesessiesreereernsrrnsrinnrirnrennsrnnsenn 6 5 Finisher F S504 nienean daa A ee enna 6 6 Finisher RS GO2 aaa a aaa pe aa aap da ahap a Eia a iaaa ipaa nest 6 6 PunchiKit de EO E E A let li A detasinaaeteack aatefesshexe 6 7 Z Folding Unit ZU 602 scripsi enaena neua aea apaan Eea Taaa ioaea ie 6 8 Cover Sheet Feeder PI 501 e cceecseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeees 6 8 Shift Tray SF 60T ains cidaron iiare liaanid iana dia 6 8 Accessories an ima an aaae r a A ae iaeaea Da N e a aa 6 9 bizhub 750 600 Introduction 7 1 Copy Paper A A E T 7 2 Possible Paper Sizes tesian nnen nae 7 2 Paper Types and Paper Capacities cccseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 7 3 Special Pape e aaa a aaa a eaa a e a aaa eaaa a Saa 7 4 Precautions for Papet sedenie enaena adeniin EEEa ainar EEn 7 6 Paper Storage nn aedo aaaea wade ali aana eu aaia 7 6 Automatic Tray Switching Feature s ssssseesseesrisrresrirerirerrrnrerseres 7 7 Order for Selecting the Paper Trays ssssseeseseriresresrrerererresreesens 7 7 7 2 Specifying the Paper Setting for the Bypass Tray sess 7 8 To automatically detect the paper size Auto Paper Select setting cccecesceeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeees 7 8 To specify a paper size Standard Size settings eee 7 10 To specify a non standard paper size Custom Size settings
209. esults are not achieved change the adjustment value Ifthe folding position gt is too far to the right of the center of pa Se per touch be tween 0 1 mm and 12 7 mm Ifthe folding position is too far to the left of the center of paper touch between 0 1 mm and 12 8 mm To scroll through the values quickly touch or continuous ly 12 Repeat steps 6 through 11 until the desired print results achieved 13 Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel 12 48 bizhub 750 600 Utility Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 1 in 25 4 mm Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Vertical Position Display the Administrator Setting screen When PK 505 is installed the vertical position of the punched holes can be adjusted Yy Use the Punch function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 3 Punch Adjustment The Punch Adjustment screen appears Touch
210. et on page 2 27 12 20 bizhub 750 600 Utility Copier Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Auto Booklet ON When Fold amp Staple Select whether or not the Booklet function is selected automatically when the Fold amp Staple setting is selected Auto Select Booklet OFF Auto Zoom For Com bine Booklet Select whether or not the preset zoom ratios are automatically selected when Auto Paper Select is set and a Com bine Originals or Booklet setting is se lected e Auto Display Zoom Ratio The following zoom ratios are set 2 in 1 Booklet x 0 647 4in1 x 0 500 8 in 1 x 0 323 e OFF No zoom ratio is selected automati cally Auto Display Zoom Ra tio OFF Sort Group Auto Change Select whether or not the Sort setting is automatically selected when 2 or more copies are set to be printed in a single job ON When a document is loaded into the ADF and the Start key is pressed the Group setting is automatically se lected if the document consists of only one page or the Sort setting is automatically selected if the docu ment consists of two or more pages e OFF The Sort and Group settings are not selected automatically ON OFF Auto Zoom Platen Select whether or not the Auto Zoom setting is selected when a paper tray is selected except when Auto Paper Se
211. et of paper Position the original to be copied Load the paper to be used into the desired paper tray Touch Application Basic Save in User Box d The Application screen appears Touch Book Copy Repeat Memory 100 To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset The Book Copy Repeat screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 43 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Touch Image Repeat og722705 Ready to copy 1 24 The Image Repeat screen appears Select the layout method og722705 Multiple images of the original will 15 24 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Image Repeat function touch OFF 8 44 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch Set Range and then specify the scanning area Standard Size screen 06 2205 Ready to copy 15 24 Memory 21 Custom Size screen 06 2205 Ready to copy puis take Memory Touch f or f to display a different list of sizes If Custom Size is touched the Custom Size screen appears Touch X or Y to select the dimension Touch lt to switch between the integer and the fraction touch and to specify the dimensions and then touch OK Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypa
212. ete a job A queued job or job being printed job in the Active Jobs list can be deleted In the Basic screen touch Job List Auto Paper Select Save in User Box a The Job List screen appears In the Print tab display the job to be deleted Jobs in the Job History list cannot be deleted Select the job to be deleted and then touch Delete Ifthe job to be deleted is not displayed touch and until the desired job is displayed If an incorrect job was selected select a different job or touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it Document Time Hame Stored Printing 02718705 Waiting 19 38 02718703 19 39 Waiting A message requesting confirmation to delete the job appears 11 6 bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 Check the information that is displayed and then touch Yes To quit deleting the job touch No 02718705 A Do you want to delete this job uo oF Jobs rinting No 54 HBfea 02 18 2005 19 38 Waiting user COPY Waiting Document Name H The job is deleted from the Current Jobs list and the Job List screen appears again Touch Exit or press the Reset key The screen that was displayed before Job List was touched appears again Q Note f user authentication settings have been
213. f O O Of O O CO CO O O Of O Of O O Of O O Of A A A O A O O OF A O Of O O Of O OC CO O OF CO OF O Of O Of Of Of Of O O Of A A A O A O O OF A O Of O O Of O OC CO O Of CO OF O Of O Of Of Of Of Of O Of Of O Of O Of Of O OF Of O Of O O Of O OC CO O Of CO O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of A A A OF A O Of O O Of O O Of O O CO CO O CO OF OF O Of O Of Of O Of O O Of Of O Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O O O O Of OC O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of CO Of Of Of Of O Of O O Of O O CO CO O CO CO OF O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of O Of Of O O Of CO O CO OF OF O V O O A O Of O O Of Of A A O Of CO O Of O O Of O O Of O O CO O Of CO OF O O O Of A Of Of O O Of O CO Of O OF Of O OF Of O Of O OC Of O O CO O Of O OF O O Of A O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O Of O Of O O O Of O O CO O O CO CO O O O Of Of M Of Of O Of Of A A A OF A CO Of O Of Of O O Of O O CO CO O CO OJ OF O O O Of A O Of Of O Of O O Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O O Of O CO Of O Of O O O O O A A O Of Of O Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O O A O O Of O OC CO O Of O O O O DO A Of Of O Of Of O O Of Of Of CO Of Of Of Of A O Of O O Cf CO O CO CO OO O O Of A O Of Of O Of Of O Of O OF Of O OF O O A O OC Of O OC O O Of O O O Of O Of Of Of Of O O Of O
214. f O Of O OF Of O OF Of O Of O O Of O O Of O Of O O O Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O OF Of O Of Of O Of O O Of O CO Of O Of O O O O QD Of A O Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of A CO Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of O OF Of O O Of CO O CO CO O O O O Of O O Of Of O Of O O Of O Of O O Of O O Of O O Of O OC CO O Of CO OF O Of O Of Of Of Of Of O Of Of O Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O CO CO O Of O O O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O OF Of O Of O O A O O Of O CO Of O Of OC O O Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O OF Of O Of Of O Of O O Of O Of CO O Of CO O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of CO Of CO Of O O Of O O Of O O Of O O CO CO O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of O Of Of Of Of O OJ Of O O CO O O CO CO O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O O Of CO Of CO Of Of Of O O O Of O O CO O O CO CO O O Of O Of O O Of O O Of O O Of O Of Of O OF Of O CO O O Of O CO CO O Of O OF O Of O Of Of Of Of Of O Of Of O Of O Of Of O OF Of O Of O O Of O CO CO O Of O O O O O Of Of O Of O O Of Of O Of O Of Of O OF Of O Of O O Of O CO O O Of O O O O O Of Of Of Of O CO Of A A A O A CO Of O A OF O O O O Of O Of Of O O Of A A A O A OC Of OJ O ojoo O D O A Oj Of O O O O O OJ O CO CJ Of CO OC OF A
215. f account track settings have been applied while User Authentication is set to ON External Server type in the user name and password in the user authentication screen and then type in the account name and password in the account track screen XQ Note of User Counters appears if User Authentication is set to ON Ex ternal Server or ON MFP and Account Track is set to ON f the number of user counters is set to 50 up to 950 accounts can be registered f No was touched in step 11 the management data is not cleared how ever the settings cannot be changed To save the data when changing the settings back up the data using PageScope Data Administrator For details refer to the User s Guide for PageScope Data Administrator f user authentication is changed from external server authentication to machine authentication the data is not cleared To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel bizhub 750 600 12 77 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility 12 8 User Authentication Setting User authentication settings can be specified Administrative Setting User Name List User authentication settings can be specified to display List in the user au thentication screen and the User Name screen Touch List to display a list of registered user names from which the desired user name can simply be selected Q Detail The factor
216. f printouts made on large sized pa per Scan e Total Shows the total number of pages scanned the total number of pag es printed e Large Size Shows the total number of large sized pages scanned the to tal number of pages printed x Note Counting automatically continues with user counters for external server authentication To check the counter Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 4 User Authentication Account Track The User Authentication Account Track screen appears 12 84 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch 2 User Authentication Setting The User Authentication Setting screen appears Touch 3 User Counter The User Counter screen appears Touch the button for the desired user To clear the counters for all users touch Reset All Counters in the User Counter screen containing a list of all users A confirmation message appears asking whether the counters should be cleared To clear the counters for all users touch Yes The maximum number allowed is not cleared The User Counter screen for the selected user appears Touch the button for the counter to be viewed and then check the counter User Counter Total Max Allowance Large Size To clear the counters for the current user touch Clear Counter in th
217. f the current job is finished refer to To increase priority for printing on page 11 78 To interrupt a copy job Position the original to be copied For details refer to page 3 7 2 Press the Interrupt key If ajob is being print ed the message Interrupt Job is stopping appears The indicator on the In terrupt key lights up in green and printing of the current job stops What settings are se lected when the In terrupt key is pressed gt When the Interrupt key is pressed all functions and settings are reset to their defaults except the number of the copies Why is the Interrupt key not available gt The Interrupt key cannot be pressed while an original is being scanned Select the desired copy settings Press the Start key Printing begins for the job that was interrupted 4 8 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 After the interrupting job is finished printing press the Interrupt key The indicator on the Interrupt key goes off and Interrupt mode is can celed The settings return to those specified before printing was interrupted Note f the interrupting job is cancelled printing for the interrupted job auto matically restarts bizhub 750 600 4 9 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 4 Registering Copy Programs Mode Memory Up to
218. fa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 bizhub 750 600 8 49 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 e Application Functions Application Functions When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting If a value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value To specify no distance touch No Shift Touch OK If the distance between repeats was specified the Repeat screen ap pears again Touch OK three times In the Basic screen touch Paper and then select the paper tray load ed with the paper og722705 Ready to copy ane Change Setting If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 50 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 8 9 Copying an Original on Two Pages Booklet Pagina tion Function A page spread can be copied on separate left and right pages With single sided copies the pages are printed on two sheets of paper With doub
219. firmation message appears asking whether the counter should be cleared To clear the counters for the current account touch Yes The maximum number allowed is not cleared ACCOUN Track Counter a ME Eear Counter Total Hax Allovance Large Touch Close bizhub 750 600 12 91 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 12 Utility 12 10 Password Rules If password rules are applied and already specified passwords do not meet the password rules those passwords are not accepted when they are en tered In that case the administrator should temporarily turn off the pass word rules then specify the passwords according to the following conditions Conditions of the password rules Administrator Password Limitations on the number of characters Limitations on registering changing 8 alphanumeric characters case sensitive e A password that consists of a repetition of the same character cannot be registered e The same password as one before being changed can not be registered User Name Account Name Limitations on the number of characters Limitations on registering changing Between 1 and 64 alphanumeric characters case sensitive Cannot be changed User Password Account Password Limitations on the number of characters Limitations on registering changing 8 or more alphanumeric charac ters case sensitive e A passwor
220. fore Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies 2 7 Loading Paper Into the LCT LU 401 LU 402 x Reminder If the machine is turned off the bottom plate cannot be raised In addi tion the bottom plate cannot be lowered even after the bottorn plate lowering button is pressed When loading paper into the LCT be sure that the machine is turned on with both the main power switch and the sub power switch To load paper LCT 1 Open the upper door of the large capacity tray Press the bottom plate lowering button The bottom plate is lowered LU 401 LU 402 2 48 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies LU 401 3 Loadthe paper into the z Jaydeyuy saidoy uiye aojeg LU 402 tray 2 49 bizhub 750 600 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the bottom plate cannot be lowered any further LU 401 5 Close the upper door of the large capacity tray x Reminder Do not load the LCT with paper of other sizes than previously specified Do not load so much paper that the top of the stack does not exceed theW mark Make sure that the trailing edge guide is adjusted to fit the size of the loaded paper If there is space between the trailing edge guide and the paper the paper will not be fed correctly 2 50 bizhub 750 600
221. g To change a value press the C clear key and then use the key pad to type in the new value To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel The screen for the selected copy setting appears Can the copy settings be changed gt The following copy settings can be specified after a sample copy is printed of Sets 1 Sided 2 Sided Finishing Folding Page Margin Stamp Overlay Cover Mode Insert Sheet Chapters 11 16 bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 The screen for the selected copy setting change the copy settings as desired and then touch OK l Finishing Image kacange Is there more information about the settings Refer to the appropriate section Can a sample copy be printed gt For details on printing a sample copy refer to To print a sample copy of a stored job on page 11 13 In the Release Held Job screen touch OK The stored job appears in the Active Jobs list and is printed How is the removal of a job from the Held Jobs list stopped gt Touch Cancel bizhub 750 600 11 17 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 11 Managing Jobs Job List To increase priority for printing The next job to be printed after the current job being printed can be selected If an Administrator mode function was set so that the output priority of jobs cannot be changed Increase Priority doe
222. g For details on switching between decimal and fraction values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 If a value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 72 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To erase the center of copies Center Erase function With the Center Erase function the Half fold of an original or the shadow of the binding can be erased Y The copy settings previously specified remain selected Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Touch Application Ready to copy Memory 100 Save in L User BOM aji The Application screen appears Touch Erase Ready to copy a Memory 100 Book Copy Thage Repeat 4 M in Adjustment d Booklet d Stanp Over lay 4 To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset The Erase screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 73 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions Touch Center
223. g between decimal and fraction values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 Touch OK twice If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 65 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 12 Copying Booklet Original Booklet Function Double sided copies of the original pages are arranged so that the page cop ies can be read like a bound book when it is folded in half The stapling is available only if optional finisher FS 602 is installed One sided 1 47 48 docoment e A 47 48 ee a 48 i 26 i 23 booklet Wai S Bes PUN ies Wa K RARA 6 2 aa sided docoment NSI A WA WA ee o bend D 2 Fen Application Functions Q Detail Generally a multiple of 4 original pages is required with a single sided original and a multiple of 2 original pages is required with a double sided original If there are not enough pages blank pages are automatically added at the end lf the Auto Zoom for Combine Booklet parameter in Utility mode is set to the recommended zoom ratios Auto Display Zoom Ratio the copy is produced with those zoom ratios For details on specifying the recommended zoom ratios refer to Copier Setting on page 12 21 For details on stapling refer to To bind copies at the center Fold amp Sta ple
224. h of the adjustable original guides of the ADF 2 Indicates Original sizes that can be specified together with the maxi mum original width For Z folded documents Single Sided Documents Original paper type Weight Normal paper 16 Ib to 24 Ib thick paper 24 1 4 Ib to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 Ib to 15 3 4 Ib Original size 11 x 17 8 1 2 x 14 8 1 2 x 11Ga q 5 1 2 x 8 1 2m A3 B4 A4 B5ta Q B6 Paper capacity 100 sheets 21 1 4 Ib paper Note Z folded original can only be scanned using the ADF 7 34 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Precautions for Positioning Original into the ADF The following types of original should not be positioned into the ADF other wise paper misfeeds or damage to the original may occur Wrinkled folded curled or torn original Highly translucent or transparent original such as overhead transparen cies or trace paper Coated original such as carbon backed paper Original printed on paper thicker than 53 1 2 Ib Original printed on paper thinner than 9 1 4 Ib Original printed on paper thicker than 29 1 2 Ib during double sided cop ying Original that are bound for example with staples or paper clips Original that are bound in a book or booklet Original that are bound together with glue Original pages that have been cut or contain cutouts Label sheets Offset printing masters Original with binder holes Original that have just been printed with thi
225. hat is not damp bizhub 750 600 Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Cause Remedy The edge of the printed output is dirty Is the ADF platen guide cover dirty Wipe the ADF platen guide cover with a soft dry cloth See p 10 4 Was the selected paper size larger than the document with a Zoom setting of x1 000 Select a paper size that is the same size as the document Otherwise select the Auto Zoom setting to enlarge the copy to the selected paper size See p 3 29 Is the orientation of the docu ment different from the orien tation of the paper with a Zoom setting of x1 000 Select a paper size that is the same size as the document Otherwise select a paper orientation that is the same as that of the document Was the copy reduced to a size smaller than the paper with a reduced zoom ratio specified Select a zoom ratio that adjusts the document size to the selected pa per size Otherwise select the Auto Zoom setting to reduce the copy to the se lected paper size See p 3 29 Even though the paper misfeed was cleared copies cannot be pro duced Are there paper misfeeds at other locations Check the touch panel for JAM lo cation display and then remove any misfeed paper at all other locations See p 5 5 Printing with the 2 BY 1 or 2 0 2 1 Side 2 Sides settings are not possible Have settings been
226. heck points can be touched in any order To reset the adjustment press the C clear key and then touch If the check points have been touched correctly the indicator on the Start key lights up in green Press the Start key The touch panel is adjusted and the Accessibility Setting screen ap pears again Touch Close or press the Accessibility key The Basic screen appears again x Note f the touch panel cannot be adjusted contact the technical representa tive Q Detail To cancel the touch panel adjustment press the Stop key or the Reset key 4 36 bizhub 750 600 5 Troubleshooting g Ja deyo Hunooysesqnol Te o 2 2 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 5 1 Troubleshooting When the Message Malfunction detected Appears Call Technical Representative If a malfunction that cannot be corrected by the user occurred the message Malfunction detected Please call your Technical Representative appears call technical representative screen The phone number and fax number for the usual technical representative ap pears in the center of the call technical representative screen Malfunction detected Please call your Technical Representative TEL 0123456789 FAX 0123456780 Display in Enlarge Display Mode If a malfunction occurs the screen shown below appears Malfunction detected Please call your Technica
227. ht original pages on one page The page arrangement Numbering Direction settings can be specified lt Horizontal gt lt Vertical gt The following procedure describes how to select a Combine Originals set ting bizhub 750 600 3 51 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Copying Multiple Original Pages Onto a Single Page Combine Originals In the Basic screen touch Combine Originals 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Basic 100 auto Paper Select Separate The Combine Originals screen appears Select the desired combination of pages os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Select the page arrangement according to the orientation and number of pages If 4 in 1 or 8 in 1 was selected the page arrangement for Ver tical and Horizontal can be viewed in the sub display area If 4in 1 or 8 in 1 was selected touch Horizontal or Vertical to specify the page arrangement os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 ombine EEM Combine Originals Original Qi QE To cancel the setting touch the button again to deselect it
228. ifications Large Capacity Tray LU 401 Specifications Paper types Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib Thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Paper sizes 8 1 2 x 11 U A4 U B5 Q Width 7 1 4 in to 8 3 4in Length 10 in to 12 1 4 in Paper capacity 4 000 sheets 20 Ib paper Power requirements Supplied from main body Dimensions 17 in W x 25 1 4 in D x 27 1 4 in H Weight 66 Ib Large Capacity Tray LU 402 Specifications Paper types Normal paper 16 to 24 Ib Thick paper 24 1 4 to 53 1 4 Ib thin paper 13 1 4 to 15 3 4 Ib Paper sizes 11 x 170 8 1 2 x 110 9 8 1 2 x 14ca F4 A3 ca to A4ca W Width 7 1 4 in to 18 in Length 10 in to 12 1 4 in Paper capacity 4 000 sheets 20 Ib paper Power requirements Supplied from main body Dimensions 26 1 2 in W x 25 1 4 in D x 27 1 4 in H Weight 92 1 2 Ib 1 There are four F4 Foolscap sizes 8 1 4 x 13 ca 8 1 8 x 13 1 4 aa 8 1 2 x 13 Gand 8 x 13 ca Any one of these sizes can be selected For details contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 6 5 Chapter 6 Specifications Chapter 6 Specifications Specifications Finisher FS 504 Specifications Exit trays Main tray sub tray Settings Non stapled Offset Staple Paper types Main tray Sort and
229. ified The factory default setting for Time To Start is 0 8 second and the setting for Interval is 0 3 second Y The settings specified for the Key Repeat Start Interval Time function are only applied in the Enlarge Display mode Display the Accessibility Setting screen To display the screen refer to page 4 23 bizhub 750 600 4 23 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations Touch Key Repeat Start Interval Time or press the 1 key in the key pad Accessibility Setting ea Hepedt Start interval Time Sound Setting The Key Repeat Start In terval Time screen ap pears Touch and to specify the starting time and the interval for the key repeat feature Repeat Start rual Time _ To extend the time touch To reduce the time touch Both settings can be set between 0 1 and 3 0 seconds in 0 1 sec ond intervals To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel 4 24 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 4 Touch OK The Accessibility Setting screen appears again Touch Close or press the Accessibility key The Basic screen appears again Note The Enlarge Display mode functions in Copy mode are limited to basic copy functions The function and setting names and the illustrations are displayed at a larger size so that they
230. ified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the cor rect value Touch OK four times If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 91 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Printing the preset text at the center of the copy image Watermark function To copy using the Watermark function In the Stamp Overlay screen touch Watermark 6722705 Ready to copy 15 24 Hemory 30 E Set NUMBeFr in d For details on displaying the Stamp Overlay screen refer to To display the Stamp Overlay screen on page 8 79 The Watermark screen appears Select the preset text to be printed Ready to copy Menory Watermark Cancel To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Watermark function touch OFF Touch OK twice The Watermark screen appears again If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 92 bizhub 750 600 6 Jaydeyuy sexog isnq Pui dwg pue sejdeis pue sebpuyes 13u01 Buloejdey N n amp O O a m E pa FE oso eos ngs soe OTE seu
231. ime or page number can be added to copies at the specified loca tion or a distribution number can be added when multiple copies are made The following Stamp Overlay formats are available and can be combined In the Stamp screen select the desired function The following Stamp Overlay formats are available and can be combined Function Description Date Time Select a format and print the date or time on the specified pages Refer to page 8 81 Page Select a format and print page numbers starting with the specified page number Refer to page 8 83 Set Numbering Print a four digit distribution number to fill the background of each set of copies Refer to page 8 88 Built in Stamp Print copies with one of the preset stamps such as URGENT or IMPORTANT Refer to page 8 90 Watermark Print copies with one of the preset text Refer to page 8 92 If the HDD is not installed Set Numbering function is not available bizhub 750 600 8 77 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 05 1 23 O O foe S A 1 23PM Dog Date Time P1 mana P Page Print Position 5 S URGENT 0001 0001 a a 0001 0001 0001 0001 0001 0001 Built in Stamp Set Numbering 8 78 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To display the Stamp Overlay screen Position the original to be copied For details on positi
232. inal glass is detected and any area not part of the original is erased VY Place the original on the original glass Do not position the original into the ADF Place the document on the original glass For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Be sure to fully open the ADF before making copies otherwise the copies will not be produced correctly Touch Application i Ready to copy a f Separate The Application screen appears Touch Erase on to copy ii Memory 100 To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset The Erase screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 75 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 e Application Functions Application Functions Touch Non Image Area Erase 29706705 Ready to copy 14 28 tenter Erase To cancel the Non Image Area Erase function touch Non Image Area Erase again to deselect it Touch OK If necessary specify any other copy settings Be sure to fully open the ADF before making copies otherwise the copies will not be produced correctly Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 76 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 8 14 Printing the Date Time Page Number or Distribution Number on Copies Stamp Overlay Functions The date t
233. ing up appears After a few seconds the message Now warming up Ready to scan ap pears on the touch panel and the indicator on the Start key lights up in green indicating that a job can now be queued Q Detail The default settings are those that are selected immediately after the ma chine is turned on the power switch is set to and before any setting s specified from the control panel or touch panel and those that are se lected when the Reset key is pressed to cancel all settings specitied from the control panel or touch panel The default settings can be changed For more details refer to Initial Setting on page 12 20 The factory default settings are the settings that were selected when this machine was sent from the factory Note A job can also be queued while the machine is warming up after the sub power switch is turned on For details refer to To scan during warm up on page 2 24 bizhub 750 600 2 23 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies To scan during warm up Turn on the sub power switch The indicator on the Start key lights up in orange How is the machine turned on gt For details on turning on the machine refer to To turn on the ma chine on page 2 22 KONICA MINOLTA Check that the message Now warming up Ready to scan appears on the touch panel os 22 o05 How warming up Ready
234. inisher FS 504 FS 602 is installed Date Time Setting Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Specify the date time and time zone for the machine s internal clock Time Zone 12 00 to 13 00 00 00 Daylight Savings Time Setting Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Specify whether or not the machine s internal clock observes day light saving time and set the daylight saving time ON OFF 1 to 150 minutes 60_ minutes bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Original Image Density Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Specify the initial density of the quality of the document A density can be specified for each Orig Image Type setting Text 0 light to 5 dark 3 Text Photo 0 light to 5 dark 3 Dot Matrix Original 0 light to 5 dark 2 Photo 0 light to 5 dark 1 Display Setting Sub Screen Display ON OFF Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Display Type Sub Area Setting value Job List e Setting value An image of the selected setting is displayed e Job List A list of the jobs that are being performed is displayed Scan Basic Screen Default Setting Parameter Description Default Tab Specify settings for scanning For details refer to the Network Scan Program Default Address Book Default In dex Address Type
235. inner to clean the left partition glass bizhub 750 600 10 3 Chapter 10 Care of the Machine 41 0 Care of the Machine Control Panel gt Clean the control panel by wiping it with a soft dry cloth oO 8 XQ S Reminder Pressing too hard on the control panel or the touch panel may damage them In addition never use a mild household detergent glass cleaner benzene or thinner to clean the control panel or touch panel ADF platen guide cover gt Clean the ADF platen guide cover by wiping it with a soft dry cloth Care of the Machine x Reminder Never use solvents such as benzene or thinner to clean the ADF platen guide cover 10 4 bizhub 750 600 Care of the Machine 10 Paper Take Up Roller gt Clean the paper take up rollers by wiping them with a soft dry cloth Reminder Never use solvents such as benzene or thinner to clean the paper take up roller bizhub 750 600 10 5 Chapter 10 Care of the Machine e y D 2 i Care of the Machine 10 Care of the Machine 10 2 Viewing Counters Meter Count The Meter Count screen can be displayed so that the total number of prints since counting started can be viewed In addition the list of counters can be printed To view the counters
236. ion refer to Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings on page 3 20 For details on specifying the position of the binding margin refer to Se lecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Settings on page 3 22 lf 1 E3 2 or 2 E 2 is selected specify the position of the binding margin for the paper to be printed on otherwise the copies will not be printed as desired For details on specifying the position of the binding margin for the paper to be printed on refer to Adding Filing Margins to Copies Page Margin Function on page 8 54 In the Basic screen touch Simplex Duplex 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Auto Paper Select The Simplex Duplex screen appears bizhub 750 600 3 43 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Touch 1 E3 2 or 2 E3 2 os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 44 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 3 8 Selecting the Quality of the Original Positioning Original With Small Print or Photos Orig Image Type Set tings Select the setting for the text and image type of the document to better ad just the copy quality The Orig Image Type settings are available XQ Note The default setting is Text Photo Icon Description Select this setting
237. ions when using the 12 8 to 12 7 mm Position Tri Fold setting can be adjusted in 0 1 0 0 mm mm increments FS 602 or PK 505 ZU 602 2 Position The distance between the two staples 128 to 160 mm 128 mm Staple can be adjusted in 0 1 mm increments e Staple e Corner Staple amp Fold FS 602 Cover Adjust the cover sheet tray size if the pa Sheet Tray per cannot be detected correctly or if Size one side of the cover sheet feeder is ad justed PI 501 12 30 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Scanner Leading The starting scanning position document feed direction of the doc Adjust Edge Ad ument can be adjusted For details on making this adjustment con ment justment tact your technical representative Centering The starting scanning position transverse document feed direction of the document can be adjusted For details on making this adjust ment contact your technical representative Vertical If the copy image is distorted stretched or compressed the zoom Adjust ratio in the document feed direction for the scanner can be adjusted ment For details on making this adjustment contact your technical repre sentative ADF Centering If the center position cannot be automatically adjusted in the trans verse document feed direction it can be adjusted manually For de tails on making this adjustmen
238. is not selected and a document is detected on the original glass ON OFF Auto Zoom ADF Select whether or not the Auto Zoom setting is automatically selected when a paper drawer is selected Auto Paper Select is not selected and a document is detected in the ADF ON OFF Select Tray when APS Select which paper drawer is selected Tray Before APS ON OFF when the Auto Paper Select setting is Default Tray canceled e Tray Before APS ON The paper drawer that was being used before the Auto Paper Select setting was selected is selected e Default Tray The paper drawer set as the default is selected Select Tray for Insert Select the default paper drawer loaded Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Sheet with paper for cover pages and insertion pages Tray4 Bypass tray LCT Pl bizhub 750 600 12 35 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Exit Direction of 1 Sheet Platen Select the orientation in which copies of documents placed on the original glass are fed out e Face Down Copies are fed out print ed side down e Face Up Copies are fed out printed side up Face Down Face Up Tri Fold Printed Side Se lection Select whether the printed side is on the inside or the outside when the page is folded in three Outside Inside Print Jobs During Copy
239. ister edit nN How is the selected account information deleted w gt Touch Delete 2 g Touch Account Name The Account Name screen appears gt z bizhub 750 600 12 87 Chapter 12 Utility 12 Utility Type in the account name up to 8 characters and then touch OK For details on typing in text refer to Entering Text on page 13 2 If Name was displayed type in the account name up to 20 char acters and then touch OK If Account Name amp Password was selected the same account name cannot be used more than once fggeun Enter Account 4 account Hane The account name is set Touch Password The Password screen appears Type in the password up to 8 characters and then touch OK If Account Track Input Method was set to Password Only the same password cannot be registered more than once If Password Rules on the Security Details screen was set to ON the following passwords cannot be registered The same password as one that has already been specified A password that repeats the same character for example 41111111 A password containing less than 8 characters A screen for retyping the password appears Retype the password specified in step 9 and then touch OK The account password is set 12 88 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch Max Allowance Set Max Al1O wa
240. k Input Method be selected Account Track Input Method is not available if Account Track is set to OFF Touch Fwd and then select a setting for Synchronize User Au thentication amp Account Track If Synchronize was selected the necessary authentication differs if User Authentication is set to ON External Server or ON MFP External Server This machine can be used by entering only the user name after the machine has been used once with the appropriate user authentication and account track information entered MFP This machine can be used only with user authentication To require all information to be entered for user authentication and account tracking each time that the machine is used touch Do Not Synchronize bizhub 750 600 12 75 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Public user access is not permitted if Synchronize User Authenti cation amp Account Track is set to Do Not Synchronize General Settings Enter the number of counters to be used as User Counters using the keypad yncronize User AUGhen ication amp Account Track Synchronize Beside of Counters Assigned for Users specify the desired setting Press the C clear key to erase the value and then use the keypad to specify the desired value between 1 and 999 Ifuser authentication and account track ar
241. k Setting Parameter Description Account Track Registra Specify the password printing permissions and number of prints al tion lowed for each account using this machine Account Track Counter The copy printer and scanner use for each account can be checked Print without Authentication Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Select whether or not printing is permitted without specifying a user or account If printing is permitted prints are counted for public us ers Allow Restrict Counter List Description The user and account track counters can be printed Q Detail Counter List does not appear if Public User Access is set to OFF and Account Track is set to OFF 12 34 bizhub 750 600 Network Setting Parameter Description Network Setting TCP IP Setting NetWare Set IPP Setting FTP Setting SMB Setting AppleTalk Setting LDAP Setting E Mail Setting Detail Setting Specify settings for using the network For details refer to the Net work Scanner Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Copier Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Auto Zoom Platen Select whether or not the Auto Zoom setting is automatically selected when a paper drawer is selected Auto Paper Select
242. ke no left right or up down adjustments touch No Adj Touch OK The Print Position screen appears again Touch OK three times If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key Printing the Page Number Page function To copy using the Page function In the Stamp Overlay screen touch Page For details on displaying the Stamp Overlay screen refer to To display the Stamp Overlay screen on page 8 79 6722705 Ready to copy See Memory Seu NUMber inm The Page screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 83 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions Under Start No touch either Page or Chapter Henory 100 100 100 Using the keypad type in the starting page number The setting for Start No can be set to a number between 99999 and 99999 The starting chapter number can be set between 100 and 100 When specifying a setting for Start No switch the number be tween positive and negative by pressing the key To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Page function touch OFF Specify the page number type Menory To specify settings for cover pages and insertion sheets or if there are inserted pages conti
243. keypad 15 24 Press Start to restart Memory 21 anon age constam 4 Set Individual Zoom x0 250 4 000 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Selecting a Stored Zoom Ratio Copy zoom ratios that have been stored can be recalled to be used when de sired In addition stored copy zoom ratios can be changed Y Touch to enlarge the zoom ratio and touch to reduce the zoom ra tio in x 0 001 increments Y Three Set Zoom ratios can be stored As the default setting the zoom ratios x4 000 x2 000 and x5 000 are stored For details on storing zoom ratios refer to Storing the Desired Zoom Ratio on page 3 38 VY The Set Zoom ratios can be changed to the desired zoom ratios be tween x0 250 and x4 000 For details on storing zoom ratios refer to Storing the Desired Zoom Ratio on page 3 38 In the Basic screen touch Zoom 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 100 auto Paper Select The Zoom screen appears Touch the button for the desired zoom ratio under Set Zoom os 22 05 Ready to copy TIEA Memory 21 x0 250 F F Set Zoom 4 000 Ba a Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 3 37 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy
244. l If the original length X is 11 11 16 in or less the long side of the paper is sta pled If the original length X is more than 11 11 16 in the short side of the paper is stapled Touch OK twice The Basic screen appears again oO D 2 p Basic Copy Operations 3 62 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Punching Holes in Copies Punch Settings Q Detail n order for holes to be punched in the copies all of the following condi tions must be met The paper width must be between 5 13 16 in and 12 Y 8 in The paper length must be between 8 1 4 in and 16 9 76 in f a Punch setting is to be selected select the orientation in which the document is positioned If an Original Direction setting is not selected holes may not be punched in the copies as desired For details on specifying the document orientation refer to Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings on page 3 20 f a Punch setting is selected specify the position of the binding margin and the loading orientation for the original otherwise the holes will not be punched as desired For details on specifying the loading orientation for the original refer to Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings on page 3 20 For details on specifying the position of the binding margin for the original refer to Selecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Settings
245. l Representative TEL 0123456789 FAX 0123456780 c 0001 ofA 5 2 bizhub 750 600 Troubleshooting 5 Touch to display the message shown in the following illustration Malfunction detected Please call your Technical Representative TEL 0123456789 5 flo FAX 0123456780 c 0001 To call the technical representative Write down the malfunction code for example C 0001 in the call tech nical representative screen Turn off the sub power switch Use the main power switch to turn off the ma chine bizhub 750 600 5 3 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 5 Troubleshooting 4 Unplug the machine Contact the technical representative and inform them of the malfunc tion code x Reminder Since the machine may be damaged contact the technical representa tive according to the procedure described above as soon as the call tech nical representative screen appears amp Note IfCS Remote Care is being operated from the Service Center the Service Center is automatically notified of the malfunction code After the message Malfunction was detected CS Remote Care has called the Service Center appears turn off the sub power switch and the main power switch and then unplug the machine from the electrical outlet Te 2 2 Sa Troubleshooting 5 4 bizhub 750 600 Troubleshooting 5
246. le car tridge on the rails and then guide it back to its original position Push down the sta ple cartridge and then check that the cartridge is securely installed bizhub 750 600 Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 7 Return the stacker unit to its original position o2 bend D 2 p O 8 Close the finisher door x Reminder Do not remove the remaining staples otherwise the machine will not be able staple after the cartridge is replaced Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 14 bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 9 3 Emptying the Dust Boxes To empty the dust box of the punch kit If the punch dust box in punch kit PK 505 installed on finisher FS 504 FS 602 becomes full the message shown below appears 06729705 Ready to copy 11 04 Remove punch scraps Memory 100 Auto Paper Select Separate Scan Finishing os 29 05 Ready to copy 11 02 Remove punch scraps Cancel Display in Enlarge Display Mode Remove punch scraps and set the punch scraps box REY 0h Punch Setting bizhub 750 600 9 15 Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Stap
247. le sided copies the pages are printed on the front and back sides of a single sheet of paper XQ Reminder Position the original into the ADF bizhub 750 600 8 51 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions To copy using the Booklet Pagination function Position the original into the ADF For details on scanning the original refer to To position the original into the ADF on page 3 7 For a document that exceeds 100 pages refer Scanning the Orig inal in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 11 Touch Application Save in i User Box a Folding The Application screen appears Touch Book Copy Repeat APpli cation Booklet Stanp Over lay i To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset The Book Copy Repeat screen appears 8 52 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions Touch Booklet Pagination Ready to copy Memory 2 Book Copy d P D9EABE rond The Booklet Pagination screen appears Specifying binding position 06722705 Select original bind direction Tala Memory rake To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Booklet Pagination function touch OFF Touch OK twice If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies
248. led Display the Administrator Setting screen Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears Touch 7 Cover Sheet Tray Size The Cover Sheet Tray Size screen appears Touch the button for the paper tray to be adjusted Cover Sheet Tray Size Load A4 G size paper into the selected paper tray Press the Start key Adjust the cover sheet feeder tray To adjust the other paper tray repeat steps 6 through 8 Touch Close The Finisher Adjustment screen appears again 12 70 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 12 7 Authentication Method User authentication and account track settings can be specified to limit the use of this machine User authentication settings are specified to manage in dividuals and account track settings are specified to manage groups and multiple users By specifying both user authentication and account track settings the number of prints made by each group can be managed for each individual user Note A total of 1 000 users and accounts can be registered on this machine f an authentication mode is set the authentication screen is displayed while this machine is in standby In order to use this machine when user authentication or account track settings are specified the user name and password must be entere
249. les and Emptying Dust Boxes 1 Open the finisher door o2 D 2 p 2 Pullout the punch dust box 3 Empty the punch dust box Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 16 bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Install the punch dust box into its original posi tion Close the finisher door To empty the dust box of the Z folding unit If the punch dust box in Z folding unit ZU 602 installed on finisher FS 504 FS 602 becomes full the message shown below appears Ready to copy AUTO Paper Select bizhub 750 600 9 17 Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes Chapter 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 06 2905 Ready to copy 11 02 Folding Display in Enlarge Display Mode Remove punch scraps and set the punch scraps box REY e Punch Setting Open the finisher door 9 18 bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 2 Pullout the punch dust box 3 Empty the punch dust box 4 Install the punch dust box into its original posi tion bizhub 750 600 Chapter 9 R
250. ll pages can be print ed together as a single job For details refer to Scanning a Multi Page Original from the Original Glass on page 3 13 and Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 11 Copying an original containing various page sizes An original with various page sizes can be scanned and copied together For details refer to Copying Original of Mixed Sizes Mixed Original Set ting on page 3 15 ABC ABC BZ L J bizhub 750 600 x 15 Introduction Specifying separate horizontal and vertical zoom ratios By specifying separate horizontal and vertical zoom ratios copies of the orig inal can be resized as desired For details refer to Typing In Separate X and Y Zoom Ratios Independent Zoom Settings on page 3 35 mp i e Adjusting copies according to the image quality of the original The copies can be adjusted according to the image quality of the original For details refer to Positioning Original With Small Print or Photos Orig Im age Type Settings on page 3 45 or Adjusting the Print Density Density Settings on page 3 48 Copying multiple Original pages onto a single page Multiple pages of the original can be printed together on a single page For details refer to Copying Multiple Original Pages Onto a Single Page Combine Originals on page 3 52 bizhub 750 600 Introduc
251. lojojlolojlojojojoj o0 Yo Application aBuey jes readay oew AJA A JA O O A O O O O O O O Of O O Of O oj Yo uoneuibeg 10 4008 Ojjj A JA O O A O O O O O O O O O O O O O Yo pPON 13109 jivjaja A A oO ojaj ojojojojojojojojojojojoj o Yo 62 63 64 65 s3 deyo vjojojaja A JA o ojlajojojojojojojojojojojojoj o o ebew Yaesu VIVIVIViO A A Al o ojojojojojojojojajojojojojoj o o nterleave ene 9 19 U JOAOD I EYS H SU viofofofofojo o Jo o ofofojofofofofofofojojojojo o v o ViviviviviAly v O O Y O O O O O O O O O O O O Y O vio ofofofofv v v o ofofofo ofofofofofofofofofof olvjo vio ofofofolv v v o of ofofo ofofofofofo ofofofof o vjo viAfofoj ajal a Al o ol o o o o o ojojojojo o vjo vooo v Y o o o ojofofofofofofojojojofo o vo ofo o y ofofo o jol o Jofofofo o ofofofofofo o o o ol vio vjajlojololajal a Al o Jolelojolololoj joloflojolojol lo viofofofojojo o Jol o of ofojofofofofofofojojojojo o v o ojolojvjo o ol o jol o Jololo lololololojlololojolojol lojvjo jOjojojoloj O O O O O O O O O O O Of O O Oj O Yo AJ4 4 JA O O A O O O O Oj A O Of O O Of O o Yo 4 4 _4 4 o o afo ofofo ofa ofofofo ofo ol vo 4 4 4 Ja o o afofofofo o 4 o o ofofo o o vjo Alajofoj afal a al o o afofo fofojalofojofofofo o ofojofofoj
252. mal Standard Size 1 The Paper Size screen appears Touch Standard Size2 The Paper Size screen that appears differs depending on the paper size type that is selected Paper Size Select paper size for Tray 3 standard Size 1 Buttons for the available paper sizes appear Select the size of the paper to be loaded Paper Size Select paper size for Tray 3 Standard Bize 2 Oversized Paper Touch OK 7 26 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 To specify a non standard paper size Custom Size settings If custom sized paper is being used in the tray 3 and 4 specify a setting for custom sized paper The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for custom sized paper loaded into the tray 3 In the Paper Tray Setting screen touch 1 Paper Type For details on displaying the Paper Tray Setting screen refer to To display the Paper Tray Setting screen on page 7 22 For details on changing the paper size for the tray 3 and 4 refer to Loading Paper of a Different Size Into Paper Trays on page 2 51 Paper Tray Setting The Paper Type screen appears Touch the button for the tray 3 and then touch Paper Size Paper Type Size Setting The Paper Size screen appears bizhub 750 600 7 27 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original
253. matically switched Q Detail For details on the specifying the paper trays that are selected when the paper tray is automatically switched refer to System Setting on page 12 14 Order for Selecting the Paper Trays When a different paper tray is automatically selected the next paper tray is chosen from the priority list specified using the Auto Tray Select Setting parameter of Utility mode Q Detail To change the order in which the paper trays are selected refer to Sys tem Setting on page 12 14 bizhub 750 600 7 7 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original 7 2 Specifying the Paper Setting for the Bypass Tray This section describes the procedures for specifying the size and type of pa per loaded in the bypass tray Q Detail For details on specifying paper settings for the tray 3 and 4 refer to Specifying Paper Settings for Paper Trays on page 7 22 For details on loading the paper into the bypass tray refer to Loading Paper Into the Bypass Tray on page 2 44 To automatically detect the paper size Auto Paper Select setting The size of the paper loaded into the bypass tray can be detected automat ically In the Basic screen touch Paper Memory 100 auto Paper Select i User Box 4 The Paper screen appears Touch the button for the bypass tray and then touch Change Tray Set tings
254. mber is greater than the number of pages in the original gt The insertion page is added at the end of the original How can the list of the last 15 specified page numbers be displayed instead of the list of the first 15 specified page numbers gt Touch or 9 How can a specified page number be removed gt Touch Edit to return to the Image Insert screen with the list of specified pages Touch the button for the page to be removed and then press the C clear key in the keypad to remove the page number Touch OK twice If necessary specify any other copy settings J Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 10 Press the Start key Scanning of the main original begins Place the original to be inserted on the original glass 12 Press the Start key Scanning of the original to be inserted begins What should be done if there are multiple original to be inserted gt Repeat steps 11 and 12 until all original to be inserted are scanned 8 10 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions Touch Finish Waiting Scanning stopped Set next original When scanning is complete touch Finish Press the Start key Printing begins Simplex Duplex Number of Sets No o Pages bizhub 750 600 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 3 Adding Cover Pages Cover Mode Function Copies
255. n page 3 15 For details on posi tioning folded Z folded original refer to Positioning Fold ed Z Folded Original on page 3 17 For details on positioning tabbed original refer to Positioning Tabbed Original on page 3 18 For details on selecting the original orientation refer to Selecting the Original Orientation Original Direction Settings on page 3 20 For details on selecting the position of the binding margin refer to Selecting the Position of the Binding Margin Margin Settings on page 3 22 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 To position the original on the original glass Y For details on the types of original that can be placed on the original glass refer to Originals on page 7 33 Y Do not place objects weighing more than 6 8 kg on the original glass In addition do not press down extremely hard on a book spread placed on the original glass otherwise the original glass may be damaged VY For thick books or large objects make the copy without closing the ADF When an original is being scanned with the ADF open do not look directly at the light that may shine through the original glass Although the light that shines through the original glass is bright it is not a laser beam and therefore is not as dangerous cop Q x Lift and open the ADF 2 Position the original face down onto the original glass Load the
256. n Change 3 The setting for detecting similar original sizes can be changed A5 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 A4qa 8 1 2 x 11m 8 1 2 x 14 8 x 13m Foolscap Size Setting The Foolscap paper size can be changed There are four Foolscap sizes 8 1 4 x 13ta 8 1 8 x 13 1 4ca 8 1 2 x 13 8 x 13 For details contact your technical repre sentative 8K 16K Select For details contact your technical representative Q Detail The Original Size Detection Change 3 parameter specifies the detection of 8 1 2 x 14 and the Foolscap size The size selected for the Foolscap Size Setting parameter can be changed Administrator Machine Setting Parameter Description Administrator Registra tion Specify the administrator information displayed in the Service Ad ministrator Information screen of the Help screens and the From ad dress for sending e mail from the machine Input Machine Address Specify the name of the machine and its e mail address The regis tered address can be used as one of the From addresses for scan jobs and for receiving e mail to the machine s box One Touch Registration Parameter Description Scan Specify settings for scanning For details refer to the Network Scan ner Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide User Box Specify settings for using the boxes For details refer to the Box Op erations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide
257. n above is an example only x 24 bizhub 750 600 Introduction Descriptions and Symbols for Original and Paper The use of words and symbols in this manual are explained below Width and Length Whenever paper dimensions are mentioned in this manual the first value always refers to the width of the paper shown as Y in the illustration and the second to the length shown as X Paper Orientation Lengthwise Ga If the width Y of the paper is shorter than the length X the paper has a vertical or portrait orientation indicated by ta bizhub 750 600 x 25 Introduction Crosswise W If the width Y of the paper is longer than the length X the paper has a horizontal or land scape orientation indicated by WW bizhub 750 600 Introduction User s Guides The following User s Guides have been prepared for this machine User s Guide Copy Operations lt this manual gt This manual contains details on basic operations and the operating proce dures for the various copy functions e Refer to this User s Guide for details on operating procedures for copy functions including precautions on installation use turning the machine on off loading paper and troubleshooting operations such as clearing paper misfeeds User s Guide Network Scanner Operations This manual contains details on specifying network settings for standard
258. n appears Touch 3 Punch Unit Vert Position Punch Adjustment Administrator setting The Punch Unit Vert Position screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 55 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Touch the button for the paper size to be set Pun ert Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The Punch Unit Vert Position screen appears again Check the sample copy for the punch positions and for the center of the paper If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val ue If the punch positions are too far above the center of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm 12 56 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Ifthe punch positions are too far below the center of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 5 0 mm Repeat steps 7 through 12 until the desired print results are achieved 14 Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm When PK 505 and ZU 602 are installed adjustments can be made using both the Punch Adjustment and Z Fold Position Adjustment param eters Contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 12 57 Chapter 12
259. n be specified Position the original to be copied Load the paper to be used into the desired paper tray Touch Application 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17701 Memory 100 guto Paper Select Separate Scan Si User Box a The Application screen appears Touch Book Copy Repeat ot to copy 3 APPLi cation heet Cover hapter Insert Book Copy Thage Repeat d in Adjustment d CS Booklet d Stanp Over lay 4 To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset The Book Copy Repeat screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 47 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Touch Image Repeat og722705 Ready to copy 15 24 Hemory 21 E3 EI ca R Book Copy a Repeat The Image Repeat screen appears Select the layout method os 22 o05 Multiple images of the original will 15 24 be produced on one copy Henory Set Range To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Image Repeat function touch OFF Touch Auto Detect Ifthe size does not appear or if you wish to specify the scanning ar ea touch Set Range and then specify the size of the scanning ar ea For details on specifying a size refer to To repeat the specified area Set Range on page 8 43 The scanning area is detected and th
260. n is performed for a specified length of time the machine auto matically enters a mode where it conserves energy Although the machine conserves more energy in Sleep mode than in Low Power mode the machine must warm up when Sleep mode is canceled to begin printing again therefore taking more preparation time than Low Power mode As the factory default the machine enters Sleep mode after 90 minutes To recover from Sleep mode Press the Power Save key The machine can receive jobs while it is warming up The touch panel comes on again and after the machine has fin ished warming up it is ready to begin printing Q Note The Sleep mode can also be canceled by pressing any key in the control panel or by touching the touch panel Q Detail As the factory default a machine with optional equipment installed enters Low Power mode if no operation is performed for 15 minutes and then the machine enters Sleep mode after 90 minutes have elapsed The length of time until the machine enters Sleep mode can be changed For details refer to System Setting on page 12 26 bizhub 750 600 2 29 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Manually Conserving Energy The machine can be manually set to an energy conservation mode gt Press the Power Save key As the factory de fault the machine enters Low Power mode Q Detail Power Save
261. n the back side of a page the page is left blank and the specified page is printed on the front side of the next page When copying double sided documents while using the Chapters function each side of one page of the document is considered two separate pages In addition paper tray loaded with paper for specific pages can be specified o bend D 2 Fen Single sided original 8 7 il 2 3 f8 1 4 7 Double sided R R Final copy Application Functions 8 22 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Q Detail A maximum of 30 pages can be specified to be printed on the front side of the paper within an original of up to 999 pages When the Chapters function is set the 1 gt 2 Simplex Duplex setting is automatically selected f a double sided document is loaded select 2 gt 2 Simplex Duplex is set to 7 gt 2 For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Original on page 3 7 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer to Scanning the Original in 7 Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 11 To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset bizhub 750 600 8 23 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions To copy using the Chapters function Position the original to be copied
262. naeeneeneas Adjusting the image to fit the paper size Copying with a layout for center binding Erasing sections of copies ceeeeeeeeees Printing distribution text on copies Managing jo DSa sis siysctn otyititeeni an nee Shavit Programming Copy settings cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Checking the copy settings Enlarging the size of text in touch panel Screens sessen Displaying explanations of functions and settings Interrupting a COPY job cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeteeeeeeeeneeeees Printing a Sample COPY ccseeeeeeeeeeeteeeees Explanation of Manual Conventions bizhub 750 600 x 3 Introduction Descriptions and Symbols for Original and Paper 0000 x 25 SWidth and Length aee eroinei iaeaea rae aea ranae daa a a eaea x 25 Paper Orientation oisi Als pet settee esc en ec eee eet x 25 User s Guides arana sss aiana aaa e aran aaraa daaa aaaea aaa ia aani x 27 User s Guide Copy Operations lt this manual gt cee xX 27 User s Guide Network Scanner Operations c ceeeeeee xX 27 User s Guide Box Operations cceecceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees xX 27 User s Guide Enlarge Display Operations csceeeeeeeees x 27 Legal Restrictions on Copying eccsssseeeeeesseeeeeeeseneeeeeeseneeeneess x 28 1 1 Safety Information av 2iseie5 aaa aaea sae e adaa ra aaar aaaa adanan aaaea
263. nal sheet at a time for scanning If the double sided original setting is se lected in the touch panel the original is automatical ly turned over so that both sides can be scanned Referred to as the ADF throughout the manual Toner cartridge door Opened when replacing the toner cartridge See p 9 4 Working table Provides an area to temporarily place original and other materials Sub power switch Use to turn on off machine operations for example for copying printing or scanning When turned off the machine enters a state where it conserves ener gy Multiple bypass tray Used when printing onto paper with a size not load ed into a paper tray or onto overhead projector transparencies or trace paper Holds up to 100 sheets of plain paper and 1 sheet of overhead projector transparencies or trace pa per Referred to as the bypass tray throughout the manual See p 2 44 Right side door of the paper tray Opened when clearing paper misfeeds Tray 4 Can be loaded with up to 500 sheets of paper 201b and can be set to different paper sizes See p 2 41 Tray 3 Can be loaded with up to 500 sheets of paper 20Ib and can be set to different paper sizes See p 2 41 Tray 2 Can be loaded with up to 1 000 sheets of paper 20lb See p 2 39 Tray 1 Can be loaded with up to 1 500 sheets of paper 20Ib See p 2 39 Touch panel Displays various scre
264. nce Set Account Name The Max Allowance Set screen appears Touch No Limit or Limit If Limit was selected use the keypad to type in the maximum number allowed Touch All Accounts to apply the settings in the current screen to all registered accounts Touch All Accounts and then touch OK in the two screens that appear to display a message and apply the settings to all accounts At this time do not turn off the machine with the main power switch Touch OK The maximum number of prints allowed is set a o Touch OK p To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel 6 Paa 5 bizhub 750 600 12 89 Chapter 12 Utility Utility Account Track Counter This function is used to check the following data for each account Copy Print This count shows the total number of copies and printouts made e Total Shows the total number of pages printed e Max Allowance Shows the maximum allowable number of prints set for the user e Large Size Shows the total number of pages printed on large sized pa per Original Counter e Shows the number of document pages that were scanned Paper Counter e Shows the number of pages used for printing Copy This count shows the total number of copies made e Total Shows the total number of copies made e Large Size Shows the total number of copies made on large sized paper Print This count shows the total number of printouts made e Total
265. nd Setting To produce a sound touch ON To not produce a sound touch OFF Key Accept gound Key Refuse Sound To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch OK The Sound Setting screen appears again bizhub 750 600 4 31 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Additional Copy Operations Touch OK The Accessibility Setting screen appears again Touch Close or press the Accessibility key The Basic screen appears again 4 32 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 To set the Touch Panel Volume Adjust function Specify the volume of the sound that is produced when a control panel key is pressed or a touch panel button is touched The factory default setting is 8 middle setting Display the Accessibility Setting screen To display the screen refer to page 4 23 Touch Sound Setting or press the 4 key in the keypad Accessibility Setting Enlarge Dispis Timer Settihg be The Sound Setting screen appears Touch Touch Panel Volume Adjust or press the 2 key in the keypad Sound Setting bizhub 750 600 4 33 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Additional Copy Operations The Touch Panel Volume Adjust screen appears a O Select the desired volume Touch Lower or High
266. ned Specify the range of Administrator mode parameters available to us ers e Level 1 LCD Backlight Setting Power Save Auto Zoom Platen Auto Zoom ADF Select Tray when APS OFF Select Tray for Insert Sheet Exit Direction Of 1 Sheet Platen and Tri Fold Printed Side Selection are available to users e Level 2 LCD Backlight Setting Power Save Output Setting Date Time Setting Daylight Savings Time Setting Original Image Density Auto Zoom Platen Auto Zoom ADF Select Tray when APS OFF Select Tray for Insert Sheet Exit Direction Of 1 Sheet Platen Tri Fold Printed Side Selection and Print Jobs During Copy Operation are available to users e Prohibit None of the parameters that are available to users with Level 1 or Level 2 are available Level 1 Level 2 Prohibit bizhub 750 600 12 37 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Security Details Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Password Rules Select whether or not passwords are ap plied OFF ON Manual Destination Input Select whether or not a recipient can be typed in manually in a recipient input screen Allow Restrict Print Data Capture Select whether or not data for a print job can be captured For de t
267. ng on page 3 29 For details on specifying a Simplex Duplex setting refer to Select ing a Simplex Duplex Setting 1 Side 2 Sides Settings on page 3 40 For details on selecting the quality of the original refer to Selecting the Quality of the Original on page 3 45 For details on specifying the density settings refer to Specifying the Density Settings on page 3 47 For details on selecting a Combine Originals setting refer to Se lecting a Combine Originals Setting on page 3 50 For details on selecting Finishing settings refer to Selecting Fin ishing Settings on page 3 53 For details on specifying the Folding function refer to Specifying Folding Settings on page 3 66 For details on specifying settings for the Application functions refer to Application Functions on page 8 2 bizhub 750 600 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations 4 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Ifthe number of cop ies was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad and then specify the correct number of copies oO D 2 p 5 Press the Start key To stop the copy op eration being per formed press the Stop key For de tails refer to Stop ping Scanning Printing on page 3 74 The next copy opera tion can be queued while a copy opera tion is being per f
268. ng paper misfeeds 6 Punch dust box Removed when emptying punch dust that has ac cumulated from using the Punch settings See p 9 17 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies Shift Tray SF 601 JL JAMAL 2 ie No Part Name Description 1 Exit tray Collects printed pages 2 Upper cover Opened when clearing paper misfeeds bizhub 750 600 2 13 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Control Panel 1 3 4 Poner Save ox ez Help Access 23 SJ Accessibility vata Contrast maine ia ul ie 1 1 20 19 18 17 16 1514 13 12 No Part Name Description 1 Power Save key Press to enter Low Power mode While the machine is in Low Power mode the indicator on the Power Save key lights up in green and the touch panel goes off To cancel Low Power mode press the Power Save key again 2 Touch panel Displays various screens and messages Specify the various settings by directly touching the Touch Panel See p 2 17 3 Access key If user authentication or account track settings have been applied press this key after completing authentication in order to use this machine In addition press this key again when you have fin ished using the machine to display the authentica tion screen
269. ng screen appears Touch 2 User Registration The User Registration screen appears 5 Touch the button for the desired user The User Registration screen for the selected user appears 12 80 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch User Name User Registration ccount Name Function Permission s To delete the selected user information touch Delete The User Name screen appears Type in the user name up to 64 characters and then touch OK For details on typing in text refer to Entering Text on page 13 2 The user name is set Touch User Password The Password screen appears Can User Password be selected gt User Password is not available if User Authentication on the General Settings screen is set to ON External Server Type in the password up to 64 characters and then touch OK A screen for retyping the password appears Retype the password specified in step 9 and then touch OK The user password is set Touch E Mail Address The E Mail Address screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 81 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Type in the e mail address up to 320 characters and then touch OK The e mail address is set If the e mail address exceeds 116 characters Details appears in the User Registration screen Touch Details to display the E Mai Address Details screen and the entire
270. ng the Orig inal on page 3 7 Foran original that exceeds 100 pages refer Scanning a Multi Page Original from the Original Glass on page 3 13 and Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 11 Load the paper for the cover pages and the paper for the main body of the original into separate paper trays Use paper with the same size for the cover pages and for the main body of the original and load them in the same orientation Touch Application The Application screen appears ot to copy ol Save in L User BO aji Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset Ready to copy Memory 100 amp Book let d Stanp Over lay 4 The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 13 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions Touch Cover Mode Henory Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert The Cover Mode screen appears Select the desired cover sheet format The default setting for the paper tray loaded with cover pages can be specified from the Utility mode For details refer to Copier Set ting on page 12 21 To cancel changes to the copy settings touch Cancel To cancel the Cover Mode function touch OFF eve2 05 Select Cover type Bookle
271. ngs ssssnnnsennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 3 66 To fold copies at the center Half Fold ccccccceeessssessstreees 3 67 To bind copies at the center Fold amp Staple cseeeeeeees 3 68 To fold copies fanned Z FOIC ccceesssssssceeeeeeeeeeeesessssssneaees 3 69 To fold copies in three Tri Fold ccccsesesssseeeeeeeeseessesssseees 3 70 3 13 Scanning the Next Original To Be Copied While a Copy Job Is Being Printed Next Job Reservation sccsssecesssseeeesseeees 3 72 TO FESErVE A COPY JOD anrea raaraa taranata aaae a aaa aoaaa 3 72 3 14 Stopping Scanning Printing 0 s eeceesseeeeeeeesseeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 74 To stop scanning printing sssesseseeesrissrrssireerrrerrnsrnnsrnnrinnernnsinnnenn 3 74 3 15 Deleting a Stopped JOD sssnsssununsennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nna 3 75 To delete a stopped job ssssnssssssensossenseoeernnssrrnnesrennnrrennnnesrnnnnneenn ne 3 75 4 1 Checking the Copy Settings Mode Check ssssunnennnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 4 2 To check the SettindS rrene iaaeao raaa naaa arei pare eai TR 4 2 To change the settings ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseseeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseaneees 4 4 4 2 Printing a Proof Copy To Be Checked Proof Copy ssssssussssuunnnnn 4 5 To Make test PrintS ccccssssccccceceeceesssesesssneaeeeeeeeeeeeesessesesssnaeeees 4 5 4 3 Interrupting a Copy Job In
272. nlarge and Reduce 32 single sided originals 33 double sided original 34 Book Copy Separation 36 Mixed Original 10 OHP 24 Independent Zoom 3 Original glass 11 Labeled paper 12 Trace paper 13 Custom paper 14 Tab Paper 16 Special Paper 17 Thin paper 19 Colored Paper 20 Auto Zoom 25 Density Auto 26 Density Density 37 Z Folded Originals 38 Tabbed Originals 18 Thick paper 21 x 1 0 2 ADF 15 Letterhead 29 Text Photo 30 Photo 31 Dot Matrix 1 jsuy payoejes uas 39 Original Size Setting 40 Custom Size Originals 41 Group 42 Sort 13 Sec eictem xipuoddy 13 6 See eiatem xipueddy 13 7 o ql 2101S GH D O O O OTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOPOTOTO TOTO TOOOOOOIOOIOIOOOOOOOOO OIO JOO 8 e984 owaw epon gt gt gt gt i gt i gt O O gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ie a uowen epon O O O O O O
273. nsparencies Load the overhead projector transparencies into the bypass tray one at a time in the J orientation Specify that the overhead projector transparencies are loaded into the bypass tray For details refer to Order for Selecting the Paper Trays on page 7 7 LASS s Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Position overhead projector transparencies into the bypass tray Use interleaf paper with the same size as the overhead projector transparencies and load them in the J orientation For details on loading paper into the bypass tray refer to Loading Paper Into the Bypass Tray on page 2 44 Select OHP for the paper in the bypass tray 06722705 Replenish paper 5 24 Paper Size Touch Paper in the Basic screen touch the button for the bypass tray touch Change Tray Settings and then touch OHP Touch OK The Paper screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 3 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Load paper of the same size as the overhead projector transparencies into a paper tray other than the bypass tray For details on loading paper into the paper trays refer to Loading Paper Into the Tray 1 or 2 on page 2 39 Loading Paper Into the Tray 3 or 4 on page 2 41 and Loading Paper Into
274. nt and Password for the confidential document refer to the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Box Operations bizhub 750 600 12 93 Chapter 12 Utility EL Jaideyo xipueddy 1 3 Appendix op y rom jo ok oO fl ex Appendix 13 Appendix EE 13 Appendix 13 1 Entering Text The following procedure describes how to use the keyboard that appears in the touch panel for typing in the names of registered accounts and custom paper sizes The keypad can also be used to type in numbers Any of the following keyboards may appear Example Password input screen Administrator Password 13 2 bizhub 750 600 Appendix 13 Touching Shift switches the keyboard display between lowercase letters numbers and uppercase letters symbols 02724705 Enter custom name for paper size diia arag Memory 21 J2 ds smrt bizhub 750 600 13 3 Chapter 13 Appendix Chapter 13 Appendix 13 Appendix To type text gt Touch the button for the desired character from the keyboard that ap peared To type in uppercase letters or symbols touch Shift Numbers can also be typed in with the keypad The entered characters appear in the text box 02724705 Enter custom name for paper size 20 38 Memory custom Name memory 1 De
275. nt rieur Soyez prudent en retirant la feuille coinc e A PRECAUCI N Interior caliente Tener cuidado al remover el papel Ais Asien RM RARE o j Sw A Af A CAUTION DO NOT put your hand between the main body and developing fixing unit otherwise you may be injured a E i 5 gt PET lt HIGH VOLTAGE A CAUTION High voltage is present around this part Do not touch this part in order to reduce the risk of electric shock bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Installation and Operation Precautions 1 4 Space Requirements To ensure that machine operation consumables replenishing part replace ment and regular maintenance can easily be performed adhere to the rec ommended space requirements detailed below a 475 650 400 950 18 3 4 a 25 1 2 ole 15 3 4 lL 37 1 2 R n wi Pa S U g FE a g ol S Ne 2 8 2 Ta Tf yy LO lo y E 1525 60 Aa 1941 76 1 2 l bizhub 750 600 Unit mm inch i 475 650 670 100 i 950 791 200 18 3
276. nue with step 4 If there are no insertion sheets skip to step 6 8 84 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch Insert Sheet Setting Sheet Setting d Chapter Toprint the page number on all pages including the front and back cover pages touch All Pages under Cover Mode To print the page number on all pages except for the front cover page touch Except for Front Cover under Cover Mode To print the page number on all pages except for the front and back cover pages touch Do Not Print Page under Cover Mode If Print Page under Insert Copy is selected the document im age is printed on the page If Do Not Print is selected under Insert Copy or Insert Blank the page number is counted but the page is left blank If Skip the page s is selected the page number is not counted and the page is left blank The sheet setting screen appears To specify settings for the pages to be printed on and then touch OK ot to copy 0 NOt Print age i The Page screen appears again bizhub 750 600 8 85 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Touch Print Position og728705 Ready to copy 10 35 Menory 100 Chapter The Print Position screen appears Select the printing posi
277. o Setting By using the keypad a zoom ratio between x0 250 and x4 000 can be typed in directly without changing the height to width ratio Y Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input Error appears Type in a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value VY The entered zoom ratio can be stored For details on storing the zoom ra tio refer to Storing the Desired Zoom Ratio on page 3 38 In the Basic screen touch Zoom 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 100 Auto Paper Select The Zoom screen appears Touch XY Zoom os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 x0 250 g F Set Zoom 4 000 Gan i l _ The Zoom screen appears bizhub 750 600 3 33 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Touch the button under Zoom with Constant X and Y Ratio and then use the keypad to type in the desired zoom ratio 06722705 Enter zoom ratio using the keypad 15 24 Press Start to restart Memor Zo h Constant X Ano vase iS Set Individual Zoom x0 250 4 000 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch OK twice The Basic screen appears again 3 34 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Typing In Separate X and Y Zoom Ratios Inde
278. o be quickly selected without having to re enter the setting In the Basic screen touch Paper 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 100 auto Paper Select The Paper screen appears Touch the button for the bypass tray and then touch Change Tray Set tings os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 A weed i Settings Touch Custom Size os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 7 14 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Specify the X and Y sides of the paper and then touch Store Touch X touch to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to type in the length of side X 5 1 2 in to 18 in Touch Y touch lt gt to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to type in the length of side Y 8 15 16 in to 12 5 16 in Check the illustration in the screen for the sides that are considered as X and Y Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the length For details on switching between decimal and fraction values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen and the specified value is outside the allowable range the message Input Error appears Type a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then spec ify
279. o sep arate pages For details refer to Producing Separate Copies of Each Page in a Page Spread Book Copy Function on page 8 30 mep mmp jee e Repeating copy images An original image can be repeatedly printed on a single sheet of paper For details refer to Repeating the Copy Image on a Sheet of Paper Image Repeat Function on page 8 38 Gan sss bizhub 750 600 Introduction Splitting an original page into two copies A single original page can be divided in two and each half can be printed on separate copies For details refer to Copying an Original on Two Pages Booklet Pagination Function on page 8 51 Making copies for filing Copies can be printed with a filing margin so they can easily be stored in filing binders For details refer to Adding Filing Margins to Copies Page Margin Func tion on page 8 54 Adjusting the image to fit the paper size Copies can be produced after specifying the position of the original image on the paper For details refer to Adjusting the Image To Fit the Paper Im age Adjustment Settings on page 8 61 mo ap Jeje Jeje sine sie S ES bizhub 750 600 x 21 Introduction Copying with a layout for center binding Copies can be made with the pages arranged in the layout of a magazine For details refer to Copying Booklet Original Booklet Function on page 8 66 Wl
280. of the filing margin he original s text is now the SUB font posificn indicate ihe or na rec o 198 7 ae Memory 21 bizhub 750 600 8 55 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 e Application Functions 8 Application Functions To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Page Margin function touch OFF Asa factory default the margin position is set to Auto and the margin width is set to None 9 Can Auto is specified gt The factory default setting is Auto Touch Auto to automatically determine the binding position according to the orientation of the positioned original If the original length is 11 3 4 in or less a bind ing position along the long side of the paper is selected If the orig inal length is more than 11 3 4 in a binding position along the short side of the paper is selected 5 if Left Right or Top was selected use the keypad to type in the margin width If None is selected the margin width is set to 0 in When making double sided copies the image orientation can adjusted without creating a filing margin Ifa decimal value is displayed in the screen use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switching between decimal and frac tion values refer to System Setting on page 12 14 When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear
281. ofa a al o ofofofoKNofojofofojofofolof lol vo ofofofofofofa a fal o o ofofofoNJofofofofofofofof o vo ofojofofofofa a fal a ofofofofofofojofoAJofo yv of o vo ofofofofofofa a al a o o o o ofofofofofoAjo OJO OJO O OJO o jo O O O O O O O O AJO O Of O O Of O O OJO OJOJO OJA A A a O O O O O O O O O O O OJO OJOJO OJA A A O O O O O O O O O O Of O O Of O Yo O O O O O A A A A O O ATOA JO O O O O OC CO CO CO O 0o OJO OJOJO OJA A JA A O O O O O O O O O Yoj oN o o OJO OJO O OJO o jo o jojojojlojojojojojojlojojojo OJO OJOJO OJO o jo o jojojojojojojojojojojojojo oN oO viO aaao 0 a jojojojojojojojojojojojojojo 59 60 61 v viv viOlv viol YJO O A A A A A A A A A V Al A A AA yy AJAJALAJA V VV Vv O O O O O O O O JO O O O O O O O O JO O O lAjAjajajlajly v A jO O OJOlOJOlAjAj A JA A jaja re 1 U AHO ojojoj ojojojo o jo o jojojojojojojojojojojojojojoj oY lamp Overlay Set Numbering aA O ojolojola a faf a JololojololololoN ojlolojlolo jamp Overlay Built in Stamp tamp Overlay Page tamp Overlay Date Time tamp Overlay Watermark Setting selected later gt Size Detect Si 60 Insert Sheet Cover Interleave 61 Insert Image 62 Chapters 65 Image Repeat Set Range 66 Image Repeat Auto Original 72 Original Direction Settings 73 Page Margin 74 Edit Margin 67 Image Repeat Repeat 7
282. off Settings that have not been programmed Jobs queued to be printed When turning the main power switch off then on be sure to wait 10 sec onds or longer before turning it on again otherwise the machine may not operate properly Automatically Canceling the Settings Automatic Panel Reset If the Reset key is not pressed and no operation is performed for a specified length of time settings that have not been programmed such as the number of copies are cleared and return to their default settings This is the automatic panel reset operation As the factory default the automatic panel reset operation is performed after 1 minute Q Detail The length of time until the automatic panel reset operation is performed and whether or not it is performed can be set from the Utility mode For details refer to System Setting on page 12 14 Automatically Canceling the Mode Screen Automatic System Reset If no operation is performed for a specified length of time the screen is au tomatically changed to that for the mode given priority This is the automatic system reset operation As the factory default the Copy mode screen is displayed after 1 minute Q Detail The mode screen that is displayed when the automatic system reset op eration is performed can be changed from the Utility mode For details refer to System Setting on page 12 14 bizhub 750 600 2 27 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Cha
283. om the bottom and 1 16 in on each side If Full Scan is selected the image is copied to the edges of the paper without erasing the areas mentioned above bizhub 750 600 8 61 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions E J ABCD 5 o Centering 5 gt selected e ABCD Z 5 LL c O No Rotate g selected a 2 lt pat Abu Full Scan selected 8 62 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 To copy using the Image Adjustment settings Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Touch Application The Application screen appears Touch Image Adjustment To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset i Ready to copy a Memory 100 Sheet Cover 7 Heg Pos Chapter inser Reverse i ALA Book Copy fo Booklet The Image Adjustment screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 63 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 lt Application Functions Application Functions Select the desired Image Adjustment setting The factory default setting is Auto Detect 06722705 Copy on selected paper according Ien elected image adjustment Heno
284. on ojojojojojoojojojofolojololojolo olojojojojojojojojojojojojojolo lt ajojojojojojojo dedy oeu olojo gt lololol gt ole gt ooo fe Ro leend aspon loJojo folojojojojojofojojo ojojoo o jojojojojojojojojojojojo gt lt lt 0 oJolo o lamus oojoo ooo amp woneuBeg 10008 Ole Jofofofofofofofofofofofoojolo gt ojoolojojolofojofolololols sjololsjojojojo EPON 10700 OloloF Ofolofofofofofofofofofojojololofojojololololololojofololola alxolajojolF jo e afsat OOOISIOOOO OM AAO OOOO OO Oooo o o o ojojo oolols aajolajojolFjo gs eBew vesuy OlO F O OOJOJOJOTO O OOO OOOO OO fOfoofooolofolojolofolola alafolajojolF jo 2 a emun uesur O OJO gt OO O O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O o o o ojojolojojojolololola a xfo olor jo areon AHO Pool ofofofololola lt olololololofofofofolofololofofo o o ojooolo lt o olo fo z 3 Ss o S S 2 2 a a T 3 3 313 S cl ps g 5 RERE 2158 8 l 1512 B 5 g 8 Belz a EE LE all eilel sz LLIS Sle lg 3 a Sisil Elgea REl ECISEBE le laella S S ae 3 o Plels gigle lols 8 8 e olals lg Sle le leit S leee 2 Si BERRES Plessis eee Niele lee elel Ele Eeee ERER IEE ls 5 5 2 e EPEEREBRRCEEGEF Se KER EBBEREEBEEERER FSCO a s11 payoajes Bues wou oo fat Jo rs Joo Jor JE LT S LFR IE RD LA RIRI R Ralls oo SIS S lt x bizhub 750 600 Appendix XUJEN 10q VOU AXAL olo l i l Image Type POL punoibyoeg
285. oning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 Touch Application on to copy 1G Memory 100 Basic Auto Paper Select Save in User Box d The Application screen appears Touch Stamp Overlay To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset Ready to copy Book Copy Thage Repeat 4 in Adjustment i Booklet d The Stamp Overlay screen appears bizhub 750 600 8 79 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions Application Functions Select the desired Stamp function og722705 Ready to copy 15 24 Henory Application gt Stanp Over lay The Stamp functions can be used together 8 80 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Printing the Date Time Date Time function To copy using the Date Time function In the Stamp Overlay screen touch Date Time For details on displaying the Stamp Overlay screen refer to To dis play the Stamp Overlay screen on page 8 79 06 2205 Ready to copy 15 2 Memory 3 The Date Time screen appears Touch the buttons for the desired settings under Date Type Time Type and Pages on to copy 1 23 7005 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Date Time function touch OFF Can the time be omitted gt
286. or account passwords Y A total of 1000 users and accounts can be registered Touch User Name Input User Name and Password to login os722705 Input User Name and Password to login 15 24 bizhub 750 600 2 33 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies 2 Before Making Copies Touch Password nput User Name and Password to login aaabbbccc Type in the password and then touch OK Cancel Press the Access key The input screen disap pears and the Basic Access screen appears C Make copies using the desired copy settings 2 34 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 When you finish printing press the Access key A message appears requesting confirmation to log off Touch Yes Authentication screen appears again Q Detail For details on specifying user authentication settings refer to User Au thentication Account Track on page 12 33 XQ Note The user authentication settings can be used together with the account track settings If the account track settings are specified specify the nec essary information to pass user authentication and the log on from the Account Track screen fa list can be displayed the desired user name can be selected from the list Touch List touch the button for the desired user name to select it and then touch
287. or details refer to the IC 202 User s Guide Print Reports The Print function settings can be printed as a report For details re fer to the IC 202 User s Guide amp Note Printer Setting appears only if optional printer controller IC 202 is in stalled bizhub 750 600 12 23 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Displaying the User Setting Screen The following procedure describes how to display the User Setting Screen Press the Utility Coun ter key Utility Counter Touch 2 User Setting Heter count Total i Ho of Originals Ho of Prints Total Duplex o An item can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad for the number beside the desired button For 2 User Setting press the 2 key in the keypad TARRA a User Setting The User Setting screen appears 12 24 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Note To quit specifying the User mode setting touch Exit in the sub display area or press the Utility Counter key Otherwise cancel the User mode by touching Close in each screen until the screen for the Copy Scan or Box mode appears bizhub 750 600 12 25 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility 12 4 Specifying Administrator Settings This section describes the main parameters and operations that can be per formed after
288. or the ventilation duct bizhub 750 600 1 15 Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Installation and Operation Precautions 1 5 Operation Precautions To ensure the optimum performance of this machine observe the precau tions described below Power Source The power source requirements are as follows e Voltage 120 V AC e Frequency 60 Hz Use a power source with as little voltage or frequency fluctuations as possible Operating Environment The environmental requirements for correct operation of the machine are as follows e Operating temperature 10 C 50 F to 30 C 86 F e Humidity 10 to 80 Storage of Copies To store copies follow the recommendation listed below e Copies that are to be kept for a long time should be kept where they are not exposed to light in order to prevent them from fading e Adhesive that contains solvent e g spray glue may dissolve the toner on copies 1 16 bizhub 750 600 z Jaydeyy saidoy uiye asojeg 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies 2 Before Making Copies 2 Before Making Copies 2 1 Part Names and Their Functions Outside of Machine 2 2 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies No Part Name Description ADF automatic document feeder Automatically feeds one origi
289. ored job A single copy of a stored job can be printed in order to be checked The Held Jobs list contains jobs such as those for which a proof copy was being printed when the automatic panel reset operation was performed and proof print jobs for data in the boxes Display the Held Jobs list in the Current Jobs list of the Print tab Touch Release Held Job 02718705 20 05 Job stored The Release Held Job screen appears From the job list select the job whose sample copy is to be printed and then touch Proof Print To print selected job choose output type and then press 0K If the job that you wish to proof is not displayed touch and until the desired job is displayed If an incorrect job was selected touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it How is the printing of a sample copy stopped gt Touch Stop Touch OK After the single sample copy is printed check the print result bizhub 750 600 11 13 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 41 1 Managing Jobs Job List To exit the Release Held Job screen and return to the Active Jobs list in the Current Jobs list touch Cancel Q Detail To change the settings touch Change setting in the Release Held Job screen For details refer to To print a stored job below 11 14
290. ormed For details refer to Scanning the Next Original To Be Copied While a Copy Job Is Being Printed Next Job Reservation on page 3 72 Basic Copy Operations 3 4 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 2 Operations That Cannot Be Combined Certain copy settings cannot be used together Specifying settings that cannot be combined will result in one of the follow ing e The setting specified last is given priority The setting specified first is canceled e The setting specified first is given priority A warning message appears Operations where the setting specified last is given priority As an example the procedure for setting the Booklet function after select ing the 2 Position Staple setting is described below Select the 2 Position Staple setting os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 31 Memory 100 Set the Booklet function os 22 05 Ready to copy 5 32 Sheet Cover Neg Pos Chapter Inserta Reverse The 2 Position Staple setting is automatically cancelled and the Booklet function is set To select the 2 Position Staple setting cancel the Booklet function and then select the 2 Position setting bizhub 750 600 3 5 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Operations where the setting specified first is given priority
291. ose the finisher door 6 6 4a deyD sexog isnq Pui dw4 pue sejdejs pue sebpuyes 13u01 Huloejdey bizhub 750 600 9 10 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes To replace the staple cartridge for finisher FS 602 1 6 JaydeyuD sexog isnq Pui dwg pue sejdeis pue sebpuyes 13u01 Buloejdey Open the finisher door Hold the stacker unit handle and then stacker unit as far as slowly pull out the possible Pull out the stacker unit 2 9 11 bizhub 750 600 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes Remove the staple cartridge 3 While lifting the lever on the staple car tridge toward you to tridge pull the car remove it D Li E a QU 8 G5 L gt 0 Dg Q o gt E sae D MR OER co gt Do x oe i EES g gT 3 cor E O l ao hn sexog isnq Pui dw4 pue sejdejs pue sebpuyes 13u01 Huloejdey tridge case from the sta ple cartridge bizhub 750 600 9 12 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes Ol Load the new cartridge case into the staple car tridge Align the side of the staple cartridge marked by the arrow with the side of the cartridge case marked by the arrow and then fully insert the staple cartridge Carefully pull the seal off the cartridge case 6 install the staple cartridge Place the stap
292. ot Accept ation is being performed e Accept Print data can be accepted and print ed e Receive Only Print data is printed after the copy op eration is finished e Do Not Accept Print data is not received Note Auto Booklet ON When Fold amp Staple is available only if optional finisher FS 602 is installed Auto Zoom Platen j Auto Zoom ADF Select Tray when APS OFF Select Tray for Insert Sheet Exit Direction Of 1 Sheet Platen and Tri Fold Printed Side Selection appear only if the Administrator Security Level parameter displayed from the Administrator Setting screen is set to Level 1 or Level 2 Tri Fold Printed Side Selection is available only if optional finisher FS 602 is installed Print Jobs During Copy Operation appear only if the Administrator Se curity Level parameter displayed from the Administrator Setting screen is set to Level 2 Q Detail For details on the Administrator Security Level parameter refer to Se curity Setting on page 12 37 bizhub 750 600 Utility Scanner Setting Parameter Description Black Compression Specify settings for scanning For details refer to the Network Scan Level ner Operations of the bizhub 750 600 User s Guide Printer Setting Parameter Description Basic Setting Paper Setting PCL Setting PS Setting Specify settings for printing F
293. oth text and photos touch Text Pho to For an original that contains faint text touch Dot Matrix os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Orig Im age Type The Original Image Type screen appears again Q Detail To cancel a setting touch the button for a setting different from the cur rently selected setting 3 46 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 3 9 Specifying the Density Settings The density can be adjusted to print a copy that is darker or lighter than the current print result The following two density adjustments are available Density Settings Description Density The density of the print image can be adjusted to one of nine levels Each time Light or Dark is touched the density is lightened or darkened by one level Touch Std to select the middle setting of the nine levels Touch Auto to automatically adjust the level of the print im age density according to the document being copied Background Removal The density of the background color of the original can be adjusted to one of nine levels Each time Light or Dark is touched the background density is lightened or darkened by one level Touch Std to select the middle setting of the nine levels The following procedures describe how to specify the density settings bizhub 750 600 3 47 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Oper
294. our technical representative bizhub 750 600 5 5 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting Te 2 2 Sa Troubleshooting 5 Troubleshooting To clear a paper misfeed In the JAM location display screen touch Illustration a paper nisfeed has been detected J 1001 0i is 7 according to the guide Illustration Reload the paper stack in Manual bypass tray If the description of the illustration extends over multiple pages Next gt appears in the lower right corner of the screen Touch Next gt to display the next screen To return to the previous illustration description screen touch Back lt The illustration screen appears Remove the misfed paper according to m meg the guide and illustration JAM location display Reload the paper stack in Manual bypass tray Touch JAM location display to return to the JAM location display screen Clear the paper misfeed according to the instructions that appear in the screen When removing misfeed paper be careful that the paper does not tear and remain in the machine Do not touch or scratch the surface of the drum 5 6 bizhub 750 600 Troubleshooting 5 After the procedure is finished the Basic screen appears again If paper misfeeds occurred at multiple locations the JAM location dis play screen appears again Check the sc
295. pears requesting confirmation to delete the copy program touch Yes Whether an image or list appears in the sub display area can be se lected by using the Sub Screen Display ON OFF parameter in Utility mode For details refer to page 12 19 06722705 16 37 A Do you want to delete this job a No of Jobs No sired 06 22 2005 16 37 User Name Document Name f an automatic panel reset operation is performed while the proof copy for a job is being checked that job is stored in the memory To stop the proof copy while scanning or printing perform the op eration described in Stopping Scanning Printing on page 3 74 If multiple copies have been specified another sample copy can be printed Touch Print The remaining copies begin to be printed os 227 05 Please wait 15 24 Number To print the rest touch Print of Sebs To change settings and continue proof copy touch Change Setting Humber of 3 Pages ii Ce bizhub 750 600 4 7 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 3 Interrupting a Copy Job Interrupt Mode The current jobs can be temporarily interrupted so an original can be copied with different copy settings This is convenient for quickly making a copy Q Detail For details on making a copy after printing o
296. pendent Zoom Settings By using the keypad separate zoom ratios can be typed in directly for the horizontal direction between x0 250 and x 4 000 and for the vertical direc tion between x0 250 and x4 000 By combining different horizontal and vertical zoom ratios the copy image can be adjusted as shown in the following illustration Y Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input Error appears Type in a value within the allowable range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value In the Basic screen touch Zoom 06714705 Ready to copy Ee Memory 1007 User Box d The Zoom screen appears bizhub 750 600 3 35 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Touch XY Zoom os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Memory 214 x0 250 wA 000 Touch X under Set Individual Zoom and then use the keypad to type in the desired zoom ratio between x0 250 and x4 000 for the X direction oe 22705 Enter zoom ratio using the keypad 15 24 Press Start to restart Memory 21 Touch Y under Set Individual Zoom and then use the keypad to type in the desired zoom ratio between x0 250 and x4 000 for the Y direction os 22 05 Enter zoom ratio using the
297. pplication Functions Application Functions Printing the built in stamp Built In Stamp function To copy using the Built in stamp function In the Stamp Overlay screen touch Built In Stamp og722705 Ready to copy 1 Application gt Stanp Over lay For details on displaying the Stamp Overlay screen refer to To display the Stamp Overlay screen on page 8 79 The Built In Stamp screen appears Select the preset stamp 06728705 Ready to copy ag Menory URGENT IMPORTANT To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Built In Stamp function touch OFF 8 90 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch Print Position and then select the printing position on to copy 3 Print Position To make fine adjustments to the printing position continue with step 4 To not make fine adjustments skip to step 6 Touch Change Adjustment o Ready to copy Print Position gt Fine Tune lo Adj No Adj 16 a Lt We m Liste Select the desired direction under Left amp Right Adjustment or Top amp Bottom Adjustment and then use the keypad or touch and to specify the adjustment amount When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting If a value outside the allowable range is spec
298. pplication Functions Application Functions Touch OK The Chapters screen for specifying settings appears again Touch the buttons for the chapter position setting 6722705 Set Chapter page using the keypad max 30 tees Menory Chapters Using the keypad specify the chapter title pages A double sided copy is printed with the specified page on the front side Chapters screen for editing settings e 22 05 Set Chapter page using the keypad max 30 ne Menory Chapters Cancel Chapters screen for applying settings Menory Chapters Chapter Paper Touch Select to enter the specified pages and display the Chapter screen with the list of specified pages What will happen if the specified page number is greater than the number of pages in the original gt That page number is ignored 8 26 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 P What will happen if the same page number is specified twice gt There is no change to the print result since the specified page is the same How can the list of the last 15 specified page numbers be displayed instead of the list of the first 15 specified page numbers gt Touch e or fa 9 How can a specified page number be removed gt Touch Edit to return to the Chapters screen with the list of speci fied pages Touch the button for the page
299. pressing the Utility Counter key then touching 3 Administra tor Setting System Setting Power Save Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Low Power Mode Set ting Specify the desired length of time until the machine enters Low Power mode 1 to 240 minutes 15 minutes Sleep Mode Setting Specify the desired length of time until it enters Sleep mode OFF 1 to 240 minutes 90 minutes Power Save Key Select which low power mode is entered when the Power Save key is pressed e Low Power The touch panel goes off and the ma chine enters a mode where it con serves energy e Sleep Although the machine conserves more energy in Sleep mode than in Low Power mode the machine must warm up when Sleep mode is can celed therefore taking more prepara tion time than Low Power mode Low Power Sleep Output Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Print Fax Output Set tings Specify settings for printing For details refer to the IC 202 User s Guide Exit Tray Setting Select the copy exit tray for each type of job copies printouts and reports Copy Main Tray Sub Tray Printer Main Tray Sub Tray Reports Print Main Tray Sub Tray 12 26 bizhub 750 600 Utility Note Print Fax Output Setting appears only if optional printer controller IC
300. pter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Automatically Conserving Energy Low Power Mode If no operation is performed for a specified length of time the touch panel goes off and the machine automatically enters a mode where it conserves energy This is the Low Power mode The machine can receive jobs even while it is in Low Power mode As the factory default the machine enters Low Power mode after 15 minutes To recover from Low Power mode Press the Power Save key The machine can receive jobs while it is warming up The touch panel comes on again and after the machine has fin ished warming up it is ready to begin printing Q Note As the factory default pressing the Power Save key causes the machine to enter Low Power mode Settings in the Administrator mode can be changed to put the machine in Sleep mode instead For details refer to System Setting on page 12 26 The Low Power mode can also be canceled by pressing any key in the control panel or by touching the touch panel Q Detail The length of time until the machine enters Low Power mode can be changed For details refer to System Setting on page 12 14 page 12 26 If the time for entering Low Power mode and Sleep mode are the same the machine will immediately enter Sleep mode without entering Low Power mode bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 Automatically Conserving Energy Sleep Mode If no operatio
301. py density See p 3 48 Is the paper damp Replace the paper with new paper See p 2 39 p 2 41 p 2 44 and p 2 48 The printed output is too dark Is the copy density set too dark Touch Light in the Density screen to copy at the desired copy density See p 3 48 Was the document not pressed close enough against the original glass Position the document so that it is pressed closely against the original glass See p 3 9 The printed output is blurry Is the paper damp Replace the paper with new paper See p 2 39 p 2 41 p 2 44 and p 2 48 Was the document not pressed close enough against the original glass Position the document so that it is pressed closely against the original glass See p 3 9 bizhub 750 600 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting Te 2 2 Sa Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Cause Remedy There are dark specks or spots throughout the printed output There are streaks in the printed output Is the original glass dirty Wipe the glass with a soft dry cloth See p 10 3 Is the left partition glass dirty Wipe the glass with a soft dry cloth See p 10 3 Is the ADF platen guide cover dirty Wipe the ADF platen guide cover with a soft dry cloth See p 10 4 Was the original document printed on highly translucent material such as trace pape
302. r or overhead projector trans parencies Place a blank sheet of paper on top of the document See p 3 9 Is a double sided document being copied If a thin double sided document is being copied the information on the back side may be reproduced in the copy Touch Lighter on the Back ground Removal screen to select a lighter background density See p 3 49 The image is not aligned properly on the paper Is the document incorrectly positioned Correctly position the document against the document scales See p 3 9 Load the document into the ADF and slide the adjustable document guides to fit the size of the docu ment See p 3 7 Is the document incorrectly positioned in the ADF If the document cannot be fed cor rectly through the ADF make cop ies by positioning the document on the original glass See p 3 9 Is the original glass dirty while using the ADF Wipe the glass with a soft dry cloth See p 10 3 Are the adjustable document guides incorrectly positioned against the edges of the doc ument Slide the document guides against the edges of the document Was curled paper loaded into the paper tray Flatten the paper before loading it The printed page is curled Was paper that curls easily as with recycled paper used Remove the paper from the paper tray turn it over and then load it again Replace the paper with paper t
303. r Box appears only if the hard disk drive is installed bizhub 750 600 12 11 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 12 Utility Displaying the Destination Register Screen The following procedure describes how to display the One Touch Registra tion Screen Press the Utility Coun ter key Utility Counter a Touch 1 One Touch Registration Heter count Total 0 Ho of Originals Ho of Prints Total Duplex o An item can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad for the number beside the desired button For One Touch Registration press the 1 key in the keypad The One Touch Registration screen appears ne Touch Mf POLSON AGLON 12 12 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Note To quit specifying the Utility mode setting touch Exit in the sub display area or press the Utility Counter key Otherwise cancel the Utility mode by touching Close in each screen until the screen for the Copy Scan or Box mode appears bizhub 750 600 12 13 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility 12 3 Specifying User Settings This section describes the main parameters and operations that can be per formed after pressing the Utility Counter key then touching 2 User Set ting System Setting Language Selection Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Select the
304. r Type Size Setting Select paper type and size for each Tray Paper Size Standard size 1 The Paper Size screen appears 7 24 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original Touch Standard Size 1 Paper Size Select paper size for Tray 3 The Paper Size screen that appears differs depending on the paper size type that is selected Touch OK If standard sized paper is loaded into a paper tray the paper size is au tomatically detected To specify a setting for standard special sized paper Standard Size 2 settings If standard centimeter sized paper is being used in the tray 3 and 4 specify a setting for standard special sized paper The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for standard special sized paper loaded into the tray 3 In the Paper Tray Setting screen touch 1 Paper Type For details on displaying the Paper Tray Setting screen refer to To display the Paper Tray Setting screen on page 7 22 For details on changing the paper size for the tray 3 and 4 refer to Loading Paper of a Different Size Into Paper Trays User Setting y Print Lists The Paper Type screen appears on page 2 51 bizhub 750 600 7 25 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original Touch the button for the tray 3 and then touch Paper Size Paper Type Size Setting Paper Type Hor
305. rations Touch 1 EB 2 and then touch OK os e2 o5 Ready to copy 15 24 Simplexs DUPLEX Waiting Press Finish when scanning is OF gets Boes on o Scanning begins After the original has been scanned the message Scanning stopped Press Start to continue appears Position the second page or second side of the original onto the origi nal glass and then press the Start key Toscan the remaining pages in the original repeat steps 7 After all original pages have been scanned touch Finish Waiting NUMber Press Start to start printing of Sets of 3 No oF Pages EE M Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 3 4 Specifying Original Settings The following procedure describes how to specify the type of original to be copied Copying Original of Mixed Sizes Mixed Original Setting Original of different sizes can be loaded together into the ADF to be fed and scanned one by one automatically The possible combinations of original sizes differ depending on the widest original loaded position of the adjustable original guides of the ADF Y Do not load more than 100 sheets or so many sheets that the top of the stack is higher than the mark otherwise an original misfeed or damage to the original or machine may occur However an original that exceeds 100 pages can be scanned in separate
306. rdless of the current mode Indicates that an error occurred during an image stabilization operation a print operation or a scan operation Touch this icon to view a screen containing a warning code If the warning screen was closed when a warning occurred touch this button to display the warning screen again Indicates that 75 to 100 of the paper remains in the paper tray Indicates that 50 to 75 of the paper remains in the paper tray Indicates that 25 to 50 of the paper remains in the paper tray bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies Icon Description Indicates that less than 25 of the paper remains in the paper tray Indicates that no paper remains in the paper tray cee Me L Indicates that the toner cartridge must be replaced Indicates the orientation in which the original is positioned bizhub 750 600 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies 2 2 Adjusting the Angle of the Control Panel The control panel can be adjusted to either of two angles Adjust the control panel to the angle that allows for easy operation To adjust the angle of the control panel Press the control panel release lever and then push down on the con trol panel 2 20 bizhub 750 600 Before Making
307. rect paper size This mode cannot be set with XXX A setting was selected that gives priority to the setting selected first Make copies using only one of the settings for example by canceling the setting selected first The Exit Tray has reached its capacity Please remove all pages from gt section tray Since the maximum amount of copies for the indicated fin isher exit tray has been ex ceeded the machine is unable to make copies Remove all copies from the indicat ed tray Input User Name and Password to login User authentication settings have been specified Copies cannot be made unless a user name and its correct password are entered Type in your user name and pass word See p 2 33 Input Account Name and Password to login Account track settings have been specified Copies can not be made unless an ac count name and its correct password are entered Type in your account name and password See p 2 36 Your account has reached its maximum al lowance The limit on the number of copies that can be made has been reached Contact your administrator Section is open Close Section proper ly Since a machine door or cov er is open or an option is not installed correctly the ma chine is unable to make cop ies Make sure that all doors and covers are closed and that all options are installed correctly Replenish paper
308. reen for messages and the lo cation of the next misfeed to be cleared and then repeat steps 1 and 2 After all paper misfeeds have been cleared the Basic screen appears again Reminder Before clearing paper misfeeds be sure to check page 1 13 for the loca tions of warning and caution labels High voltage is present around the drum unit in the center of the machine n order to reduce the risk of electric shock do not touch any part in this unit when clearing paper misfeeds Parts in the fusing unit on the left side inside the machine are extremely hot In order to reduce the risk of burns do not touch any part in this unit when clearing paper misfeeds bizhub 750 600 5 7 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting Te 2 2 Sa Troubleshooting Troubleshooting When the Message Replenish paper Appears If a tray has run out of paper while copying or after printing the message Replenish paper appears 06722705 15 24 To replenish paper Replenish paper Paper gt Bd D Normal gt Check which paper tray appears highlighted in the touch panel and then load it with paper Q Detail For details on loading paper into the paper trays refer to Loading Paper Into the Tray 7 or 2 on page 2 39 Loading Paper Into the Tray 3 or 4 on page 2 41 Loading Paper Into the Bypass Tray on page 2 44 and Loading Paper Into the LCT LU 4
309. ri fold position adjustment 12 66 Troubleshooting cceeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 5 2 Troubleshooting reference tables Turning off Turning on User authentication venience 2 33 12 33 12 71 User setting SCreen neee 12 24 User settings 0 eeseeeeeeeeeereeees 12 14 User s guides cescceseeseeseeees x 27 Utility mode parameters 12 2 Utility Counter key eseese 2 15 Watermark oo eeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeneeees 8 92 Weekly timer cceeeeseeeeeeeeeee 2 31 Working table ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 Z fold position adjustment 12 63 Z folding unit ZU 602 2 7 2 12 6 8 Zoom minimal setting 2 0 3 31 Zoom ratio setting 3 33 3 38 ZOOM Settings ccceeeeeteeeeeeeteees 3 29 14 6 bizhub 750 600 This manual was printed using 100 post consumer recycled paper PRINTED WITH SOYINK This manual was printed with soy ink KONICA MINOLTA http konicaminolta com Copyright Printed in China 57AE97350 2005 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC 2005 8
310. rinting Y lf an original is being scanned for a job pressing Stop key stops scan ning VY For details on deleting a stopped job refer to Deleting a Stopped Job on page 3 75 Press the Stop key while a document is be ing scanned or a job is being printed Scanning printing stops The Stopped Jobs screen appears os 22 05 Ready to accept another job 16 25 Auto Paper Select To resume all stopped jobs press the Start key 3 74 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 15 Deleting a Stopped Job The following procedure describes how to delete a stopped job To delete a stopped job Y For details on stopping a job being printed refer to Stopping Scanning Printing on page 3 74 Y Select only one job at a time to be deleted Y To continue the stopped job press the Start key Press the Stop key while an original is being scanned or a job is being printed Scanning printing stops The Stopped Jobs screen appears Select the job to be deleted and then touch Delete Select the Job deleted 0622 05 and Eouch pelet The selected job is deleted bizhub 750 600 3 75 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations y Jajdeyo suoljeiedgQ Adod jeuonippy Operations Additional Copy Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations EDER 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 1 Ch
311. rs Touch Test Copy Center ing The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key A test pattern is printed Touch Close The Centering screen appears bizhub 750 600 12 43 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Q Check the distances b from the print position of the test pattern to the edge of the paper If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment value To increase distance b touch To reduce distance b touch Each time or is touched the value is increased or decreased by one increment Repeat steps 6 through 10 until the desired print results are achieved Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel The print position is adjusted Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm 12 44 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 12 6 Adjusting the Finisher Q Detail For details on the Fold amp Staple setting refer to To bind copies at the center Fold amp Staple on page 3 68 Adjusting the Center Stapling Position The stapling position when printing with the Fold amp Staple function can be adjusted Y Use the Fold amp Staple function to print a single sample copy and then perform the adjustment while checking the sample that was created Display th
312. ry To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel a setting touch the button for a setting different from the currently selected setting Check the original size under Original Size When the original is loaded into the ADF the original size is auto matically detected when the Start key is pressed If the original size does not appear under Original Size or to spec ify the original size touch Standard Size and then specify the orig inal size from any of the screens If a value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value 8 64 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions Standard Size screen 06 2205 Ready to copy 15 24 Memory Can sizes in metric be displayed 21 gt Touch f or to display a different list of sizes If Custom Size is touched the Custom Size screen appears Can any size be specified gt Any size can be specified from the Custom Size screen Touch X or Y touch to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to specify the dimensions of the scanning ar ea If a decimal value is displayed in the screen press the C clear key and then use the keypad to type in the setting For details on switchin
313. s bizhub 750 600 Application Functions Touch the buttons for the insert position setting Enter page to insert image using the Keypad To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Insert Image function touch OFF Using the keypad specify the pages where the image is to be inserted The inserted page is added after the specified original page Insert Image screen for editing settings Enter page to insert image using the Keypad Insert Image screen for applying settings 06 2205 Ready to copy PSP Menory Touch Select to enter the specified pages and display the Insert Image screen with the list of specified pages What will happen if there are more insertion pages than the number of pages that are specified gt The remaining insertion pages are added at the end of the original bizhub 750 600 8 9 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 e Application Functions 8 Application Functions 9 What will happen if there are fewer insertion pages than the number of pages that are specified gt Nothing is inserted after the excess specified page numbers 9 What will happen if the same page number is specified twice gt Two insertion pages are added at the specified location What will happen if the specified page nu
314. s Non Image Area Erase function cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeee 8 75 8 14 Printing the Date Time Page Number or Distribution Number on Copies Stamp Overlay Functions eccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 77 To display the Stamp Overlay screen 0 0 eeeeeeeseeeeereeteneeeeeneeeees 8 79 Printing the Date Time Date Time function ceceeeee 8 81 To copy using the Date Time function ee eeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeneeeees 8 81 x 10 bizhub 750 600 Introduction 10 Printing the Page Number Page function ceeeeeee 8 83 To copy using the Page function eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeee 8 83 Printing the Distribution Number Set Numbering function 8 88 To copy using the Set Numbering function essees 8 88 Printing the built in stamp Built In Stamp function 8 90 To copy using the Built in stamp function ceeeeeeeeeeees 8 90 Printing the preset text at the center of the copy image Watermark FUNCTION oae a aee eana aoaaa ai aaie a ee aa aat ia Eiaa 8 92 To copy using the Watermark function seeeeeererrerrerenns 8 92 Replacing Toner Cartridges and Staples and Emptying Dust Boxes 9 1 Replacing the Toner Cartridge ccsssseeccesseseeeeessseeeeeessseeeeeeneeees 9 2 Display in Enlarge Display Mode ccccccscceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 9 3 To replace the
315. s 4 4 2 Printing a Proof Copy To Be Checked Proof Copy Before printing a large number of copies a single proof copy can first be printed to be checked This prevents copy errors from occurring Q Detail A proof copy can be printed when a multiple number of copies of an orig inal consisting of 2 or more pages are being printed To make test prints 1 Position the original to be copied Refer to page 3 7 for details Select the desired copy settings 3 Press the Proof Copy key A single proof copy is Proof Copy printed CA 4 Check the sample copy If the sample copy was printed as desired skip to step 7 To change the copy settings continue with step 5 5D Touch Change Setting in the screen that appeared when the sample copy is printed Before printing a large number of copies a single proof copy can first be printed so that it can be checked This prevents copy errors from occurring bizhub 750 600 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Additional Copy Operations The number under Number of Sets in the screen that appeared when a sample copy is printed indicates the number of copies that are sample copies total number of copies specified os 227 05 Please wait 15 24 Memory 21 Printing Stopped To print the rest touch Print Pn ean To change settings and continue proof
316. s Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies When you are finished printing press the Access key A message appears requesting confirmation to log off o6 22 05 15 24 A Are you sure you want to log out Status account abc Hane i Touch Yes Authentication screen appears again Q Detail For details on specifying account track settings refer to User Authenti catior Account Track on page 12 33 2 38 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies Loading Paper Into the Tray 1 or 2 2 4 To load paper tray 1 or 2 z Jaydeyuy saidoy uiye asojeg Pull out the paper tray for the tray 1 or 2 Raise the paper take up roller 1 amp Load the paper into the tray v that it is flush against the right side of the Load the paper so tray 2 39 bizhub 750 600 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies 4 Fully push in the paper tray amp Reminder Do not load so much paper that the top of the stack is higher than the Y mark Make sure that the trailing edge guide is adjusted to fit the size of the loaded paper f there is space between the trailing edge guide and the paper the paper will not be fed correctly Do not close the paper tray with too much force otherwise the weight of the tray and paper will apply an impact to the machine that may cause damage 2 40 bizhub 750 6
317. s again Check the folding positions in the sample copy 12 64 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 12 Ifthe desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val ue If the folding position is too far on the left side of the paper touch between 0 1 mm and 12 7 mm 1st Z Folded Position 2nd Z Folded Position Ifthe folding position is too far on the right side of the paper touch o between 0 1 mm and 12 8 mm 5 2 1st Z Folded Position 2nd Z Folded Position O D 5 bizhub 750 600 12 65 Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility Repeat steps 7 through 12 until the desired print results are achieved Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Xx Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm When PK 505 and ZU 602 are installed adjustments can be made using both the Punch Adjustment and Z Fold Position Adjustment param eters Contact your technical representative Adjusting the Tri Fold Positions The folding positions when using the Tri Fold setting can be adjusted VY Use the Tri Fold function to print a single sample copy and then per form the adjustment while checking the sample that was created Display the Administrator Setting screen Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert A
318. s 15 ting the machine enters Low Power mode minutes Sleep Mode Setting Specify the desired length of time until it OFF 1 to 240 minutes enters Sleep mode 90 minutes Note Power Save Setting appears only if the Administrator Security Level parameter displayed from the Administrator Setting screen is set to Level 1 or Level 2 Q Detail For details on the Administrator Security Level parameter refer to Se curity Setting on page 12 37 bizhub 750 600 12 17 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Output Setting Parameter Description Settings Default set tings are underlined Print Fax Output Setting Specify settings for printing For details refer to the IC 202 User s Guide Exit Tray Setting Specify the exit tray given priority with each function copying printing and out putting reports Copy Main Tray Sub Tray Printer Main Tray Sub Tray Reports Print Main Tray Sub Tray x Note Output Setting Date Time Setting Daylight Saving Time Setting and Original lmage Density appear only if the Administrator Security Level parameter displayed from the Administrator Setting screen is set to Level 2 Print Fax Output Setting appears only if optional printer controller IC 202 is installed The Exit Tray Setting parameter is available only if optional f
319. s badges or insignias e Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner In addition it is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or for eign currencies or works of art without permission of the copyright owner When in doubt about the nature of a document consult with legal counsel bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Lo imi 1 1 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Safety Information This section contains detailed instructions on the operation and maintenance of this machine To achieve optimum utility of this device all operators should carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual Please read the following section before connecting the machine to the sup ply It contains important information related to user safety and preventing equipment problems Please keep this manual in a handy place near the machine Make sure you observe all of the precautions appear in each section of this manual Note Some parts of the contents of this section may not correspond with the purchased product Warning and Precaution Symbols The following indicators are used on the warning labels or in this manual to categorize the level of safety warnings Ignoring this warning could cause serious
320. s 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 Touch OK four times The Basic screen appears again Note The selected size button is programmed with the entered paper size So that the paper size is available to be selected again without having to be typed in In addition the size can be changed bizhub 750 600 7 19 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original To specify a setting for special paper If a setting for special paper such as overhead projector transparencies and other special paper is selected for the bypass tray the bypass tray is not se lected automatically with the Auto Paper Select setting or the automatic tray switching feature In the Basic screen touch Paper 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 auto Paper Select Image ES 8x4 Felding Finishi The Paper screen appears Touch the button for the bypass tray and then touch Change Tray Set tings os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 seagi Settings thet D eel D dixi D bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Specify the appropriate setting for the type of special paper loaded Touch the button for the desired special paper Ready to copy Change Tray Settings gt Bypass What types of paper can be loaded in the bypass tray gt To specify Letterhead Tab Paper Trace
321. s 8 2 To copy using the OHP Interleave function esseere 8 3 8 2 Inserting Copies of a Different Original at a Specified Location Insert Image Function ssssssuunnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn 8 6 To copy using the Insert Image function ssssssseeeesssressereeeesee 8 8 bizhub 750 600 x 9 Introduction 8 3 Adding Cover Pages Cover Mode Function ecssssee 8 12 To copy using the Cover Mode function eteeesteeeeeeeeteeeees 8 13 8 4 Inserting Cover Pages Insert Sheet Function s0seseeeeee 8 16 To copy using the Insert Sheet function cceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 8 18 8 5 Specifying Pages To Be Printed on the Front Side Chapters Function ccccsssseeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeneeeeeesseeneeeeseeeeeee 8 22 To copy using the Chapters FUNCTION ee eeeeeeeeseeteeeeeeneeeeeee 8 24 8 6 Copying With Image Colors Inversed Neg Pos Reverse Function ccsssseeeeseeseeeeeeneneeneeseseeeee 8 28 To copy using the Neg Pos Reverse function eeeeeeeeee 8 28 8 7 Producing Separate Copies of Each Page in a Page Spread Book Copy Function cccccsseeecesseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneneeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeed 8 30 To copy using the Book Copy function cceeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeee 8 32 8 8 Repeating the Copy Image on a Sheet of Paper Image Repeat Function cc
322. s machine Reminder Before positioning folded original such as those folded in half or in three into the ADF be sure to flatten the pages Original That Can Be Placed on the Original Glass To copy original that cannot be positioned into the ADF position them on the original glass Original Glass Original Original type Sheets books spreads three dimensional objects Original size 11 x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 G y A3 Ga to B6 a Maximum weight 15 Ib bizhub 750 600 7 35 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Copy Paper Original Precautions for Positioning Original on the Original Glass Observe the following precautions when placing the original on the original glass The size of original printed on paper in metric sizes such as A3 B4 A4 cannot be automatically detected The setting must be specified by the technical representative For details contact the technical representa tive If a custom sized original is positioned the Auto Paper Select and Au to Zoom settings cannot be used since the original size cannot be de tected automatically If a custom sized original is positioned select the size of the paper to be copied If highly translucent or transparent original such as overhead transpar encies or trace paper are positioned the original size cannot be detected automatically Place a blank sheet of paper of the same size over the orig
323. s not appear and the output prior ity of the jobs cannot be specified If the job currently being printed can be interrupted printing is interrupted and printing of the job given priority begins Printing of the interrupted job is automatically restarted once printing for the job given priority is finished If the job currently being printed cannot be interrupted a job has already been interrupted or a job was already given priority printing is interrupted after printing for the current job is finished Display the Active Jobs list in the Current Jobs list of the Print tab Touch Increase Priority Document ane Printing Waiting 02718705 The Increase Priority screen appears In the job list touch the button for the job to be given priority to select it and then touch OK Print I Scan Ss Increase priority Select job to prioritize and press OK Printing Waiting If the job to be given priority is not displayed touch e and until the desired job is displayed Ifan incorrect job was selected select a different job or touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it 11 18 bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 The selected job moves to the top of the list and printing of the job be gins How is the changing of the output priority stopped gt
324. s or staple jams or when replacing the staple cartridge or when emptying the punch dust box if punch kit PK 505 is installed 2 BM tray Collects pages printed with the Half Fold Fold amp Staple or Tri Fold settings or with the Cover Mode function 3 Main tray Collects printed pages 4 Sub tray Collects printed pages bizhub 750 600 2 9 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Finisher FS 504 Finisher FS 602 Punch Kit PK 505 No Part Name Description 1 Inlet lever Lowered when clearing paper misfeeds 2 Punch kit optional Punches holes for filing printed pages when the punch kit is installed onto finisher 3 Cover sheet conveyance lever Moved to the left when clearing paper misfeeds 4 Sub tray conveyance lever Moved to the right when clearing paper misfeeds 5 Stacker conveyance lever Moved down and to the left when clearing paper misfeeds 6 Lower lever Moved to the left after pulling out the stacker unit when clearing paper misfeeds 7 Knob Turned when clearing paper misfeeds 8 Stacker unit Mounts the stapler Also includes the equipment for folding in half and in three and for center binding on FS 602 9 Punch dust box optional Removed when emptying punch dust that has ac cumulated from
325. s or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC Netscape Communications the Netscape Communications logo Netscape Navigator Netscape Communicator and Netscape are trademarks of Net scape Communications Corporation THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EX PRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AU THOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCI DENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILI TY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or de rivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be cop ied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence All other product names mentioned are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies x 2 bizhub 750 600 Introduction Contents Trademarks and Registered Trademarks c s eccessseeeeeseeseeeees Contents i2cciseceeceect
326. screen touch Exit or press the Reset key bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 Displayed Information The following information can be checked from the Job List screen e Print tab Status Receiving Waiting Printing Printing Stopped Print Error Job Stored Deleting Result Job complete Error cleared Deleted by User Deleted Due To Error Error Detail Document Name User Name Start Time of pgs of Sets Output Tray e Scan tab Status T ransferring Result Job complete Error cleared User Delete Error Detail Address Type User Name TX No Time of Storage of pgs File Name No of Dest number of jobs being sent number of specified recipients e RX User Box tab Status Receiving Waiting Printing Printing Stopped Print Error Mem ory Storage Result Job complete Error cleared User Delete Deleted Due To Error Error Detail 2 RX User Box box number box name User Name Time Stored of pgs of Sets Output Tray File Name IDisplayed only for jobs in the Current Jobs list 2Displayed only for jobs in the Job History list 8Displayed only for Current Jobs transmitted to multiple recipients bizhub 750 600 11 9 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 41 1 Managing Jobs Job List To check the job details In the Basic screen touch Job List The Job List screen appears
327. screen appears 3 24 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Touch the button for the desired margin position and then touch OK 06722705 Ready to copy 15 24 Hemory 214 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel bizhub 750 600 3 25 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 5 Selecting a Paper Setting The paper size can be selected automatically according to the original size or it can be specified manually Specify the paper size according to the cor responding procedure depending on the desired copy settings amp Note f a setting for special paper is selected for a paper tray that tray is not selected automatically with the Auto Paper Select setting However a paper tray set to Single Side Only is given priority to be selected This setting is useful for paper trays loaded with special paper For details re fer to To specify a setting for special paper on page 7 20 oO D 2 p The default setting is Auto Paper Select For details on the operations that cannot be combined refer to Opera tions That Cannot Be Combined on page 3 5 The Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select settings cannot be selected at the same time If the Auto Zoom setting is selected select the desired paper size in the Paper screen Check the screen for the paper that is selected Touch Paper to displa
328. serted after the specified page Touch Select to enter the specified pages and display the Insert Sheet screen with the list of specified pages 8 20 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Do the page numbers have to entered starting with the smallest number It is not necessary The page numbers will automatically be sorted after they are entered What will happen if the same page number is specified twice There is no change to print result since the specified page number in the document is the same What will happen if the specified page number is greater than the number of pages in the original Those page numbers are ignored How can a specified page number be removed Touch Edit to return to the Sheet Cover Insertion screen with the list of specified pages Touch the button for the page to be re moved and then press the C clear key in the keypad to remove the page number Touch OK twice 13 if necessary specify any other copy settings 14 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 21 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 5 Specifying Pages To Be Printed on the Front Side Chapters Function This function is used to specify pages that will be printed on the front side the paper when making double sided copied If the original was arranged so that the specified page would be printed o
329. sm They could cause these products to malfunction When moving the machine A CAUTION connect the power cord and other cables Fail ure to do this could damage the cord or cable resulting in a fire electrical shock or break down Whenever moving this product be sure to dis e the locations specified in the User s Guide or other documents If the unit falls it may cause severe personal injury The product may also be damaged or malfunction When moving this product always hold it by Q Before successive holidays A CAUTION Unplug the product when you will not use the product for long periods of time Z 1 8 bizhub 750 600 Installation and Operation Precautions 1 2 Regulation Notices CE Marking Declaration of Conformity for Users of the European Union EU This product complies with the following EU directives 89 336 EEC 73 23 EEC and 93 68 EEC directives This declaration is valid for the area of the European Union This device must be used with a shielded network 10 Base T 100 Base TX cable and a shielded parallel cable The use of non shielded cables is likely to result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited under CISPR rules and local rules USER INSTRUCTIONS FCC PART 15 RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES For U S A Users NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Par
330. splayed See p 4 17 bizhub 750 600 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Before Making Copies Reminder Do not apply extreme pressure to the touch panel otherwise it may be scratched or damaged Never push down on the touch panel with force and never use a hard or pointed object to make a selection in the touch panel bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 Basic Settings Screen Basic Screen When the machine is ready to begin making copies after being turned on the Basic screen appears To activate a function or to select a setting lightly touch the desired button in the touch panel 06714705 17 06 Density irs Ea any Sao Folding l l Finishing Comb ine Griginals Orig Im age i gbt t n Paper Zoom Buples Soe i Inage 7 7 6 No Item Name Description Sub display area The results of operations and settings are displayed Job List key A list is displayed showing the jobs that have been performed are currently being performed and are waiting to be performed Various commands for checking and managing jobs are available See p 11 2 Message display area The status of the machine and details on operations that must be performed are displayed here Functions display Tabs and keys for displaying screens containing various functions
331. ss Leading edge trailing edge Less than 1 16 in 1 16 in front side 1 16 in 1 16 in back side Front edge rear edge Less than 1 16 in 1 16 in First copy bizhub 750 3 0 seconds or less bizhub 600 3 5 seconds or less Copy speed bizhub 750 75 ppm 8 5 x 11 42 ppm 11 x 17m 50 ppm 8 5 x 145 61 ppm 8 5 x 11Ga 75 ppm 6 5 x 8 50 bizhub 600 60 ppm 8 5 x 110 34 ppm 11 x 175 40 ppm 8 5 x 145 49 ppm 8 5 x 11Ga 60 ppm 5 5 x 8 50 Magnification ratios x1 0 full size x1 000 1 0 or less Enlarge x1 214 x1 294 x1 545 x2 000 Reduce x0 785 x0 772 x0 647 x0 500 Minimal 0 930 Zoom x0 250 to x4 000 in 0 1 increments Stored zoom ratios 3 Multiple copies 1 to 9 999 sheets 1 to 9 999 sets Density adjustment Copy density Automatic and manual adjustment 9 levels Background density Manual adjustment 9 levels Power requirements AC120V 16A 60Hz Noise 75 dB or less while operating Power consumption Maximum 1 92 KW or less including options Dimensions 25 1 2 in W x 31 1 4 in D x 45 in H Space requirements 2 5 1 4 in W x 31 1 4 in D Memory 512 MB Weight Approx 489 Ib A 2 There are four F4 Foolscap sizes 8 1 4 x 13 Ga 8 1 8 x 13 1 4 Gy 8 1 2 x 13 Gand 8 x 13 a Any one of these sizes can be selected For details contact your technical representative ly extend
332. ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 4 35 When the Message Malfunction detected Appears Call Technical Representative cccssseeeesseseeeeessseeeeeeeneneeneees 5 2 Display in Enlarge Display Mode c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 2 To call the technical representative ccccssessssssseceeeeeeeeesesseseees 5 3 When the Message Misfeed detected Appears essssseee 5 5 To Clear a paper MISCO capeiron aa ea eraa anara aaia 5 6 When the Message Replenish paper Appears csssseecessseee 5 8 Toreplenish paper vc e areenaa bacacdeenedtvcavi eles adeaeddeversanetunseeedavees 5 8 When the Message Not enough remaining memory App eaS fi eS a rera a ne ee Se en ae eee ee EN Ai 5 9 Memory Becomes Full While Scanning esceeeseeeereeeeseeeeeneees 5 9 Memory Becomes Full While Queuing a JOD nsss 5 10 Simple Troubleshooting cccssseeeeseseeeeeeesseeeeseeseeneeeeeesseeeeeesees 5 11 Malini Bod yy nee Seren cassie eaaa aaa ewe edd EA aa 5 11 ADP a aprire ea daai EE ii ches 5 13 E E E E EAE E E 5 14 Main Messages and Their Remedies sssssssunssensnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 5 15 Specifications ccseeecssseeeseeeeseeeeeseeeenseeeenseeeeneeeenseeesnseeeensnensesenneeeees 6 2 Bizhub 750 600 siia a a aaa e tek a aaa 6 2 ADDF E A A E A caazimsedees 6 3 Option Specifications a e ee a aa ra nae a aa aaaea aeaea E aks 6 5 Large Capacity Tray LU 401 eeeses
333. stalled 1 Display the Administrator Setting screen 2 Touch 1 System Setting The System Setting screen appears 3 Touch 7 Expert Adjustment The Expert Adjustment screen appears 4 Touch 5 Finisher Adjustment The Finisher Adjustment screen appears 12 68 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch 6 2 Position Staple The 2 Position Staple screen appears Touch the button for setting to be specified 2 Position Staple Center Staple amp Fold Touch Test Copy The Test Copy screen appears Press the Start key The sample copy is printed Touch Close The 2 Position Staple screen appears again nN Check the stapling positions in the sample copy Q If the desire print results are not achieved change the adjustment val 6 ue Touch and to adjust the distance between 128 and 160 mm gt between the staples Repeat steps 6 through 11 until the desired print results are achieved Touch OK To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel XQ Note Enter the value by mm using the keypad Refer to the conversion rate be low 7 in 25 4 mm bizhub 750 600 12 69 Chapter 12 Utility Utility Cover Sheet Tray Size Adjust the cover sheet tray size if the paper cannot be detected correctly or if one side of the cover sheet feeder is adjusted Y This parameter is available only if cover sheet feeder PI 501 is instal
334. sword Password Only 12 74 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 co Beside Public User Access touch the button for the desired setting To prohibit unregistered users from using this machine touch Re strict To allow this machine to be used when a user name or password is not entered even though user authentication settings have been ap plied touch Allow Synchronize User Authentication amp Account Track appears if Us er Authentication is set to ON External Server or ON MFP and Account Track is set to ON If Synchronize User Authentication amp Account Track is set to Synchronize even when Public User Access is set to Allow Public User Access changes to Restrict Beside Account Track touch the button for the desired setting To cancel account tracking touch OFF To use the account track function touch ON 7 Beside Account Track Input Method touch the button for the desired setting To allow this machine to be used after the account name and pass word are entered in the account track screen touch Account Name amp Password To allow this machine to be used after the password is entered in the account track screen touch Password Only If both user authentication and account track settings have been applied Account Track Input Method is set to Account Name amp Password Can Account Trac
335. t c cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 2 27 Automatically Conserving Energy Low Power Mode 2 28 Automatically Conserving Energy Sleep Mode sesser 2 29 Manually Conserving Energy ccesceeeseeeeeseeeesneeeeeneeeeneeeeeneeees 2 30 Limiting Machine Usage According to a Schedule Weekly Timer isipin ae tetas cages ai otal eerie aa aaa a eais 2 31 Controlling the Use of This Machine With User Authentication 2 33 Using the Machine With Account Track escceseeeeseeeereeteneeees 2 36 2 4 Loading Paper Into the Tray 1 or 2 ccsssseeeeeeseseeeeesseneeneesseeeeee 2 39 To load paper tray 1 OF 2 eeceeeeceesenseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeessaaees 2 39 2 5 Loading Paper Into the Tray 3 OF 4 escsssseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeneeeneeeees 2 41 To load paper tray 3 or 4 oo eeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesneeeeeeesnaeees 2 41 2 6 Loading Paper Into the Bypass Tray s seccessseeeeeseseeeeeeseeeees 2 44 To load paper bypass tray ccccecseeceeseeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaees 2 44 2 7 Loading Paper Into the LCT LU 401 LU 402 csssseeeeeeeees 2 48 Toload paper EGI 3 4225 sseie aia Rage ee ee ed 2 48 2 8 Loading Paper of a Different Size Into Paper Trays 0ss 2 51 Changing the Size of Paper That Is Loaded sesse 2 51 When Thick Paper Is Loaded Into a Paper Tray 2 eeeeeeees 2 53 To set the Conveyance lever ccccec
336. t contact your technical representative Q Detail When PK 505 and ZU 602 are installed adjustments can be made using both the Punch Adjustment and Z Fold Position Adjustment param eters Contact your technical representative List Counter Parameter Description Management List Job Settings List The machine settings can be printed Paper Size Type Counter Store up to 9 combinations of paper sizes and paper types to be counted LCD Backlight Setting Description Settings Default settings are underlined Adjust the brightness of the touch panel back 1 to 16 8 light to one of 16 levels Standard Size Setting Parameter Description Settings Default settings are under lined Original Glass Original Size Detect Specify the paper standards for AB series Inch series detecting paper from the original A series Full size glass ADF Original Size Detect Specify the paper standards for detecting paper in the ADF bizhub 750 600 12 31 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility Parameter Description Settings Default settings are under lined Original Glass Small Size Detect Specify the minimum size of paper detected from the original glass Ada B6 5 1 2 x 8 1 2G2 B50 A4Q 8 1 2 x 110 Original Size Detection Change 1 Original Size Detection Change 2 Original Size Detectio
337. t 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense WARNING The design and production of this unit conform to FCC regula tions and any changes or modifications must be registered with the FCC and are subject to FCC control Any changes made by the purchaser or user without first contacting the manufacturer will be subject to penalty under FCC regulations This device must be used with a shielded network 10 Base T 100 Base TX cable and a shielded parallel cable The use of non shielded cables is likely to result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited under FCC rules INTERFERENCE CAUSING EQUIPMENT STANDARD ICES 003 ISSUE 4 For Canada Users This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada bizhub 750 600 1 9 Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Installation
338. t is placed face down directly on the original glass then scanned This method is best with books and other documents that cannot be fed through the ADF To position the original into the ADF VY For details on the types of original that can be loaded into the ADF refer to Originals on page 7 33 Y Do not load original that are bound together for example with paper clips or staples Y Do not load more than 100 sheets or so many sheets that the top of the stack is higher than the mark otherwise an original misfeed or damage to the original or machine may occur However an original that exceeds 100 pages can be scanned in separate batches For details refer to Scanning the Original in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 11 VY lf the original is not loaded correctly the original may not be fed in straight or an original misfeed or damage to the original may occur 1 Position the original face up in the ADF Position the original pages so that the top of the original is to ward the back or the right side of the ma chine bizhub 750 600 3 7 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations oO D 2 p Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Adjust the paper guides to the size of the original For details on load ing original of mixed sizes refer to Copy ing Original of Mixed Sizes Mixed Origi nal Setting o
339. t mode 15 24 cannot be set with Back Cover Henory Select the paper tray loaded with the paper for the cover pages Depending on the desired setting touch Front Cover Paper or Back Cover Paper The corresponding Cover Paper screen appears 8 14 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Select the paper tray loaded with the paper for the cover pages Optional paper trays F1 and F2 appear only if optional cover sheet feeder PI 501 is installed Asa factory default tray2 is selected for both the Front Cover Pa per and the Back Cover Paper Ifatray of the cover sheet feeder is selected the original cannot be copied onto the cover pages Instead only blank pages will be in serted 6 27 05 Set the paper to be used for cover sheet 5 23 Cancel Touch OK three times If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 15 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 4 Inserting Cover Pages Insert Sheet Function Paper different from the copy is used to add insertions at the specified loca tions There are settings Copy and Blank for selecting whether or not the in serted pages are printed Depending on the selected settings the original is copied as shown below o bend D
340. tandard Size Touch OK three times The Basic screen appears again Reminder f paper other than the specified paper size is loaded a paper misfeed may occur since the paper size is not automatically detected bizhub 750 600 7 11 Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original Chapter 7 Copy Paper Original 7 Copy Paper Original To specify a non standard paper size Custom Size settings If non standard sized paper is loaded into the bypass tray it will be neces sary to specify the paper size In the Basic screen touch Paper 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Auto Paper Select Separate Scan Save n s ser Box s Folding The Paper screen appears Touch the button for the bypass tray and then touch Change Tray Set tings oe 22705 Ready to copy Jaien Menory ange Eee Settings Touch Custom Size os 22 05 Ready to copy avied Menory Paper Size Thin Paper The Custom Size screen appears 7 12 bizhub 750 600 Copy Paper Original 7 Type in the length X and width Y of the paper Set size with 7 key or choose Ue ig E 06727705 d thin 11 01 56 125 16 Touch X touch to switch between the integer and the fraction and then touch and to type in the length of side X 5 1 2 in to 18 in Touch Y touch to switch between the integer and th
341. taples are in correctly positioned Is the paper curled Remove the paper from the paper tray turn it over and then load it again Is there a gap between the lateral guides in the paper tray and the side of the pa per Slide the lateral guides in the paper tray against the side of the paper so that there is no gap Even though a Punch setting was selected holes are not punched when PK 505 ZU 602 is installed on FS 504 FS 602 Did the message Remove Punch Scraps appear Empty the punch dust box If any message other than those listed above appears perform the operation described in the message If the problem is not corrected after the described operation is performed contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 Troubleshooting 5 6 Main Messages and Their Remedies Message Cause Remedy Original left on glass The document was left on the original glass Remove the document from the original glass Matching paper size is not available Select paper size Paper of a suitable size is not loaded in a paper tray Either select paper of a different size or load paper of a suitable size Original size cannot be detected Select paper size The document is not posi tioned correctly Position the document correctly A document with a non standard size or with a size too small to be detected is loaded Select the cor
342. tart key lights up in orange copying cannot begin Press this key to continue a stopped job See p 11 2 12 Main Power indicator Lights up in green when the machine is turned on 13 Data indicator Flashes in green while a print job is being received Lights up in green while a print job is queued to be printed or while it is printing Proof Copy key Press to print a single sample copy to be checked before printing a large number of copies See p 4 5 Keypad Use to type in various values such as the number of copies to be produced and the zoom ratio C clear key Press to erase a value such as the number of copies a zoom ratio or a size entered using the keypad Mode Check key Press to display screens showing the specified settings Utility Counter key Press to display the Utility screen and allow the meter count to be checked Mode Memory key Press to register the desired copy settings as a pro gram or to recall a registered copy program See p 4 14 20 Contrast dial Use to adjust the contrast of the touch panel 21 Enlarge Display key Press to enter Enlarge Display mode 22 Accessibility key Press to display the screen for specifying user accessibility functions 23 Help key Press to display the Main Help Menu screen where descriptions of the various functions and details of operations can be di
343. terrupt Mode ccssseecessseeeeesseeees 4 8 To interrupt A COPY JOD wariodd aes 4 8 4 4 Registering Copy Programs Mode Memory csssseeeeeesees 4 10 To store change a COPY program 2 eeeseeeeseeeeneeeeeneeteeeeeeeneeeeeas 4 10 To delete a COPY program cecceeeceeceeeeeeneeeeeeeenaeeeeesenneeeessneeees 4 13 4 5 Copying With Programmed Copy Settings Mode Memory 4 14 TO recall A StOPed JOD orasi annso aiea iE 4 14 4 6 Displaying Function Descriptions Help sssssnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 4 17 Overview of Help Screens ecceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeneeeeeeaee 4 17 To display the Main Help Menu screen cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 20 To display the Help screen while specifying a setting 4 22 bizhub 750 600 x 7 Introduction 4 7 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 6 1 Specifying Control Panel Settings Accessibility Mode 4 23 Displaying the Accessibility Setting Screen sser 4 23 To set the Key Repeat Start Interval Time function s s 4 23 To set the Enlarge Display Timer Setting function 4 26 To set the Message Display Time function eeeeeeeeeeee 4 28 To set the Accept Sound Setting function eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 30 To set the Touch Panel Volume Adjust function cccceeeeees 4 33 To set the Touch Panel Adj function cccess
344. the Bypass Tray on page 2 44 Touch Application Separate Folding The Application screen appears Touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert To cancel all settings for the Application functions touch Reset A Ki l Booklet Stanp Over lay i The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch OHP Interleave 6722705 Ready to copy 5 24 Memory 21 The OHP Interleave screen appears Select the paper tray loaded with the interleaf paper To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the OHP Interleave function touch OFF OHP Interleave Touch OK twice If necessary specify any other copy settings Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 5 Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 2 Inserting Copies of a Different Original at a Specified Location Insert Image Function Multiple images later scanned from the original glass can be inserted at the specified locations in an original first scanned with the ADF The inserted pages are added after the specified document pages When specifying a page in a double sided original the front and back sides of one page are considered as two pages Therefore to specify the back side of the second page of the original specify 4 o bend D 2 Fen Insert original
345. tings to all users At this time do not turn off the machine with the main power switch nctaon ermission All U If a function available to the user is different from those specified by the machine s default settings another function is selected when the user logs on The functions are selected in the following order Copy gt Scan gt Box If no operation is permitted user authentication cannot be per formed nN Touch OK z The function permissions are set g Touch OK To erase the current user touch Cancel 2 z bizhub 750 600 12 83 Chapter 12 Utility Utility User Counter This function is used to check the following data for each user Copy Print This count shows the total number of copies and printouts made e Total Shows the total number of pages printed e Max Allowance Shows the maximum allowable number of prints set for the user e Large Size Shows the total number of pages printed on large sized pa per Original Counter e Shows the number of document pages that were scanned Paper Counter e Shows the number of pages used for printing Copy This count shows the total number of copies made e Total Shows the total number of copies made e Large Size Shows the total number of copies made on large sized paper Print This count shows the total number of printouts made e Total Shows the total number of printouts made e Large Size Shows the total number o
346. tion Sorting copies The sorting method for outputting copies can be selected For details refer to Separating Copies by Sets Sort Setting on page 3 56 Separating Copies by Pages Group Setting on page 3 57 Stapling copies Copies can be stapled together before they are fed out For details refer to Stapling Copies Staple Settings on page 3 59 7 ABC ABC Punching holes in copies Holes for filing can be punched in the copies For details refer to Punching Holes in Copies Punch Settings on page 3 63 bizhub 750 600 x 17 Introduction Center folding binding Copies can be folded in half or bound with staples then folded in half For details refer to To fold copies at the center Half Fold on page 3 67 and To bind copies at the center Fold amp Staple on page 3 68 Zigzag folding and folding in three Copies can be folded fanned or in three For details refer to To fold copies fanned Z Fold on page 3 69 and To fold copies in three Tri Fold on page 3 70 il Inserting paper between copies of overhead projector transparencies After each overhead projector transparency copy is printed a page can be added to the stack as an interleaf For details refer to Inserting Paper Between Overhead Projector Transpar encies OHP Interleave Function on page 8 2 bizh
347. tion og728705 Ready to copy piar Henory 100 Print Position To make fine adjustments to the printing position continue with step 8 To not make fine adjustments skip to step 10 Touch Change Adjustment 06728705 Ready to copy OSs Menory 100 Select the desired direction under Left amp Right Adjustment or Top amp Bottom Adjustment and then use the keypad or touch and to specify the adjustment amount When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key and then type in the setting 8 86 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Ifa value outside the allowable range is specified the message In put Error appears If Input Error appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value What are the limits on the adjustment amount gt The print position can be finely adjusted in 1 16 in increments gt Can no adjustments be made gt To make no left right or up down adjustments touch No Adj Touch OK The Print Position screen appears 10 Touch OK two times 11 Ifnecessary specify any other copy settings 12 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 13 Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 87 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Func
348. tion at the Leading Edge POSItION 3 2 E eee tt Beldame ea AET 12 41 Adjusting the Starting Print Position at the Left Edge 12 43 12 6 Adjusting the Finisher cccssssecsssseeeeeseseeeeeesseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeees 12 45 Adjusting the Center Stapling Position cseeeeseeeereeeeeees 12 45 Adjusting the Half Fold Position 0 ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 12 47 Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Vertical Position sssssseceeeeeeeesessssseseeeeeeeeeeeeesseees 12 49 Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Horizontal Position sscccceceeeeesesssssssnseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 52 Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Unit Vert Position cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeees 12 55 Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Unit Hor Position cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 58 Adjusting the Hole Punching Positions Punch Resist Loop Size cc cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 12 61 Adjusting the Z Fold Positions cccccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 63 Adjusting the Tri Fold Positions 0 cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 12 66 Adjusting the Pitch of the Two Staples ecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 12 68 Cover Sheet Tray Size eccesecccesececseeeeeseeeeeeeeeseesenenseeseneeeesees 12 70 12 7 Authentication Method cccccsseeeessseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseee
349. tions Printing the Distribution Number Set Numbering function Q Detail The distribution number is normally printed as a four digit number If Start Number is set to 1 0001 is printed To copy using the Set Numbering function Y Printing is not possible with Set Numbering function if the hard disk drive is not installed In the Stamp Overlay screen touch Set Numbering og722705 Ready to copy Menory plication gt Stamp Overlay z For details on displaying the Stamp Overlay screen refer to To display the Stamp Overlay screen on page 8 79 The Set Numbering screen appears Using the keypad type in the starting number The starting number can be set between 0 and 9999 The distribution number is normally printed as a four digit number If Start Number is set to 1 0001 is printed os 22 o5 Enter starting number using the keypad 5 24 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Set Numbering function touch OFF 8 88 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch a button under Text Density and Pages to specify the de sired settings Touch OK twice If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 89 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 A
350. tment 5 Finisher 1 Center Adjustment Staple Position 2 Half Fold Position 3 Punch Ad 1 Punch Verti justment cal Position 2 Punch Hori zontal Position 3 Punch Unit Vert Position 4 Punch Unit Hor Position 5 Punch Resist Loop Size 4 Z Fold Posi 1 1st Z Folded tion Adjustment Position 2 2nd Z Fold ed Position 5 Tri Fold Position 6 2 Position Staple 7 Cover Sheet Tray Size 6 Scanner 1 Leading Edge Adjustment Adjustment 2 Centering 12 6 bizhub 750 600 Utility 7 ADF Centering k 3 Vertical Ad justment Administrator Setting Cont 1 System Set ting Cont 8 List Counter 1 Manage ment List Job Settings List 2 Paper Size Type Counter 9 LCD Back light Setting 0 Standard Size Setting Original Glass Orig inal Size Detect ADF Original Size Detect Original Glass Small Size Detect Original Size De tect Change 1 Original Size De tect Change 2 Original Size De tect Change 3 Foolscap Size Setting 8K 16K Select tee 2 Administrator H Machine Setting p 12 32 1 Administra tor Registration 2 Input Ma chine Address 3 One Touch H Registration p 12 32 1 Scan 1 Address Book
351. to Zoom setting refer to Automatically Selecting the Paper Size Auto Paper Select Setting on page 3 26 Y The selected paper size can be confirmed in the screen The selected pa per size orientation and paper tray appears on the Paper button in the Basic screen If special paper was selected the icon for the selected spe cial paper type appears For details refer to Icons That Appear in the Touch Panel on page 2 18 In the Basic screen touch Paper 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Separate Image Save in i User Box 4 Folding The Paper screen appears Select the paper tray loaded with the desired paper os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 56 change Settings Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 28 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 3 6 Specifying a Zoom Setting The zoom ratio can be set in order to make a copy on paper with a size dif ferent than the original or to enlarge or reduce the size of the copy image The following procedure describes how to specify the Zoom setting Automatically Selecting the Zoom Ratio Auto Zoom Setting The most appropriate zoom ratio is automatically selected based on the of the positioned original and the specified paper size Y The default setting is x1 0 size VY The Auto Zoom and Auto Paper Select settings cannot be selected together If the A
352. to be removed and then press the C clear key in the keypad to remove the page number 11 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 14 Press the Start key bizhub 750 600 8 27 Chapter 8 Application Functions Chapter 8 Application Functions 8 Application Functions 8 6 Copying With Image Colors Inversed Neg Pos Re verse Function An original can be copied with the light and dark coloring or the black and white coloring gradations of the image inversed To copy using the Neg Pos Reverse function Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer and Scanning the Origi nal in Separate Batches Separate Scan Setting on page 3 11 Touch Application os 1a o05 Ready to copy Begs Henory 100 Auto Paper Select PS User Box d The Application screen appears 8 28 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 Touch Neg Pos Reverse os 23 05 Ready to copy 08 39 Memory 100 Sheet Cover hap Book Copy i Tage Repeat d gin Adjustment a To cancel the Neg Pos Reverse function Touch Neg Pos Re verse again to deselect it To cancel all
353. touch Restrict Default Function Permission Restrict User Box Restrict Touch OK The default function permissions are set Q Note To limit machine use by authorized users specify settings in the User Registration screen bizhub 750 600 12 79 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility 42 Utility User Registration The password printing permissions number of prints allowed and function permissions can be specified for each user of this machine As an example the following procedure describes how to register a user with authentication performed by the machine vY A total of 1 000 users and accounts can be registered on this machine y lf Public User Access on the General Settings screen is set to Allow a public user is added Yy lf Account Track on the General Settings screen is set to ON the number of users set for of User Counters can be registered Yy lf external server authentication is selected users are registered auto matically If users are registered in advance function limitations can also be specified Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 4 User Authentication Account Track The User Authentication Account Track screen appears Touch 2 User Authentication Setting The User Authentication Setti
354. tting Icon Description Select this setting if the original is positioned with the binding margin at the left Select this setting if the original is posi tioned with the binding margin at the right Select this setting if the original is positioned with the binding margin at the top When the original length is 11 11 16in or less When the original length is more than 11 11 16in Select this setting to automatically select the position of the binding margin If the original length is 11 11 16in or less a binding position along the long side of the paper is selected If the original length is more than 11 11 16in a binding position along the short side of the paper is selected bizhub 750 600 3 23 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations To specify a Margin setting Y For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Original on page 3 7 Position the original to be copied When loading an original with a binding margin position the top of the original toward the back of the machine In the Basic screen touch Combine Originals 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 The Combine Originals screen appears Touch Margin os722705 Ready to copy 15 24 combine Origina ombine Hes riginals Original Hemor y 214 The Page Margin
355. ual odor or noise Immediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative If you keep on using it as is a fire or electrical shock could result Do not keep using this product if this product has been dropped or its cover damaged Im mediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative If you keep on using it as is a fire or electrical shock could result A CAUTION The inside of this product has areas subject to high temperature which may cause burns When checking the inside of the unit for mal functions such as a paper misfeed do not touch the locations around the fusing unit etc which are indicated by a Caution HOT cau tion label bizhub 750 600 1 7 Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Chapter 1 Installation and Operation Precautions Installation and Operation Precautions Consumables AWARNING Do not throw the toner cartridge or toner into an open flame The hot toner may scatter and S cause burns or other damage A CAUTION within easy reach of children Licking or ingest Do not leave a toner unit or drum unit in a place S ing any of these things could injure your health Do not store toner units and PC drum units near a floppy disk or watch that are susceptible to S magneti
356. ub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 Select setting for the desired amount of time that messages are dis played Message Display Time Select message appearance time on panel Select whether messages are displayed for 3 seconds or for 5 sec onds To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Touch OK The Accessibility Setting screen appears again Touch Close or press the Accessibility key The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 4 29 Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations Chapter 4 Additional Copy Operations 4 Additional Copy Operations To set the Accept Sound Setting function Specify the sound that is produced when a key is pressed In addition you can set whether or not a sound is produced when a control panel key is pressed or a touch panel button is touched The factory default setting for Accept Sound Setting is ON Display the Accessibility Setting screen To display the screen refer to page 4 23 Touch Sound Setting or press the 4 key in the keypad Accessibility Setting Touch Panel Adj i The Sound Setting screen appears 4 30 bizhub 750 600 Additional Copy Operations 4 Touch Key Accept Sound Key Refuse Sound or press the 1 key in the keypad Sound Setting The Accept Sound Set ting screen appears Q O Select the desired setting for Accept Sou
357. ub 750 600 Introduction Inserting copies of a different original at a specified location An original page scanned from the original glass can be inserted between original pages scanned with the automatic document feeder and all copies can be fed out together For details refer to Inserting Copies of a Different Original at a Specified Lo cation Insert Image Function on page 8 6 Adding a cover page insertion Cover pages or insertions can be added to copies Copies can be produced using different paper for example colored paper for the cover pages and insertions For details refer to Adding Cover Pages Cover Mode Function on page 8 12 and Inserting Cover Pages Insert Sheet Function on page 8 16 ABC aa l Copying with chapter title pages on the front side Double sided copies can be made so that the chapter title pages are printed on the front sides of pages For details refer to Specifying Pages To Be Printed on the Front Side Chapters Function on page 8 22 ML bizhub 750 600 x 19 Introduction Copying with reversed colors An original can be copied with the light and dark colored areas of images in versed For details refer to Copying With Image Colors Inversed Neg Pos Re verse Function on page 8 28 asc m EEA Separately copying a page spread A page spread such as in an open book or catalog can be copied ont
358. um Number of Sets 3 sheets other than 8 1 2 x 140 33 sets 3 sheets 8 1 2 x 14m 25 sets To bind copies at the center Fold amp Staple V Ifa cover sheet is added with the Cover Mode function the cover sheet 53 1 4 Ib can be stapled Vv When the Fold amp Staple setting is selected the following default set tings are automatically selected 1 E 2 Left Page Margin setting Left Bind Booklet Recommended zoom ratio when a Booklet setting is selected x0 647 VY When the Fold amp Staple setting is selected the Group Offset Face Up Staple and Punch settings are not available In the Basic screen touch Folding 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 User Box d Folding The Folding screen appears 3 68 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Touch Fold amp Staple 100 To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel To cancel the Fold amp Staple setting touch the button for a differ ent setting Touch OK The Basic screen appears again When Finisher FS 602 is installed Paper Weight Paper Size Maximum Number of Bound Pages 16lb to 28lb 11 x 17 a 8 1 2 x 14a 8 1 2 x 11 2 sheets to 20 sheets Maximum 12 1 4in width x 18in length Number of Bound Pages Maximum Number of Sets 2 sheets to 5 sheets 20 sets The number of sh
359. unch Select this setting to punch holes 2 or 3 holes in the copies for filing them Refer to page 3 63 Basic Copy Operations o o The following procedures describe how to select Finishing settings bizhub 750 600 3 55 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Separating Copies by Sets Sort Setting Y As the default setting Group is selected Yy If Offset is selected while no finisher is installed crisscross sorting will be performed Printed copies will be fed out and sorted in an alternating crisscross pat tern if the following conditions are met 8 1 2 x 11 or 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 size paper is used Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the Ga orientation in one paper tray and with the H orientation in another tray The Auto Paper Select setting is selected The Auto Paper Select setting is not selected when the Mixed Origi nal setting is selected Y If Offset is selected while a finisher is installed printed copies are fed out and stacked on top of each other with each set shifted to separate it In the Basic screen touch Finishing 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 Basic auto Paper Select The Finishing screen appears Touch Sort To separate each set of copies touch Offset To cancel the set ting touch Offset again to deselect it os 22 05 Ready to copy
360. user name queued time completed time and number of copies for jobs in the job lists For details refer to Displayed Information on page 11 9 Ef When there are more jobs than the five that can be displayed at one time touch these arrows to display jobs higher or lower in the list higher or lower in the printing order bizhub 750 600 Managing Jobs Job List 11 The following information is listed in the Print tab Item Name Description No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name Displays the type source of the job COPY is displayed for copy jobs Status Displays the status of the job Original Name Displays the name of the file for print jobs sent from a compu ter If user authentication settings have been applied the names of original are not displayed The names of confidential original are not displayed for other users Time Stored Displays the time that the job was queued of Pgs Displays the number of pages in the original of Sets Displays the specified number of pages to be printed Result Job History list only Displays the result of the operation Job Complete Error Cleared Deleted by User Mode cancelled from conflict bizhub 750 600 Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List Chapter 11 Managing Jobs Job List 1 1 Managing Jobs Job List 11 2 Performing Operations on Jobs To del
361. uto Paper Select setting was selected the Paper screen appears In the Paper screen specify the desired Paper sett In the Basic screen touch Zoom os 1aos Ready to copy 7 06 Auto Paper Select ing The Zoom screen appears Touch Auto Zoon os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 24 x0 250 4 000 MSA Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 3 29 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Specifying the Same Zoom Ratio as the Original x1 0 Setting A copy that is the same size as the original x1 000 is produced Y Touch to enlarge the zoom ratio and touch to reduce the zoom ra tio in x0 001 intervals In the Basic screen touch Zoom 06 14 05 Ready to copy 17 06 100 auto Paper Select The Zoom screen appears Touch x1 0 x0 250 g F Set Zoom 4 000 Sn l p Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 30 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 Slightly Reducing the Copy Minimal Setting The copy of an original where the image is printed to the edges of the paper can be slightly reduced so that no part of the image is cut off in the copy Y Touch to enlarge the zoom ratio and touch to reduce the zoom ra tio in x 0 001 increments Y Select the Minimal setting to produce
362. utside the allowable range is specified the message Input Error appears If Input Er ror appeared or if the distance was incorrectly entered press the C clear key to erase the value and then specify the correct value bizhub 750 600 8 59 Chapter 8 Application Functions o D 2 e Application Functions Application Functions Ifa binding margin is not specified for the back side a shift amount and a shift direction opposite that specified for the front side are specified Touch Ok three times If necessary specify any other copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key 8 60 bizhub 750 600 Application Functions 8 8 11 Adjusting the Image To Fit the Paper Image Adjust ment Settings The position of the copy image can be adjusted in order to print the copies The following Image Adjustment settings are available and can be combined Setting Description Centering The copy is printed with the image positioned in the center of the paper No Rotation The copy is printed without the image rotated to fit in the paper Full Scan The copy is printed without margins at the edges of the paper This allows the original to be copied with no loss if text is written to the edge of the paper Detail Normally copies are produced with the image erased from the area 1 8 in from the top 1 6 in fr
363. well against the right side of the paper tray not the trailing edge guide 2 42 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 XQ Reminder Do not close the paper tray with too much force otherwise the weight of the tray and paper will apply an impact to the machine that may cause damage bizhub 750 600 2 43 Chapter 2 Before Making Copies Chapter 2 Before Making Copies 2 Before Making Copies 2 6 Loading Paper Into the Bypass Tray Feed paper through the bypass tray when you wish to copy onto paper with a size not loaded into a paper tray or onto overhead projector transparencies or trace paper If the paper is loaded into the bypass tray specify the paper setting for the bypass tray For details on specifying the paper setting refer to Specifying the Paper Setting for the Bypass Tray on page 7 8 XQ Reminder Do not use the following types of treated paper otherwise the machine may be damaged Heat sensitive paper Conductive paper such as silver paper and carbon paper Color overhead projector transparencies Inkjet printer paper To load paper bypass tray Open the bypass tray Open the bypass tray to the right and then open the folded tray to the right Insert the paper as much as possible into the feed slot 2 44 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 3 Slide the lateral guides to fit the size of paper being loaded Q Detail The
364. when copying original containing only text Z The edges of copied text are reproduced with sharpness providing an image that is easy to read Text Select this setting when copying original containing both H text and images Text Photo Select this setting to produce better reproductions of half tone original images photographs etc that cannot be re produced with the usual settings Select this setting when copying original consisting only of text that appears faint such as that written with a pencil The copied text is reproduced so that it is darker providing text that is easy to read Dot Matrix The following procedure describes how to select an Orig Image Type set ting bizhub 750 600 3 45 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations To specify an Orig Image Type setting Y For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Original on page 3 7 Position the original to be copied In the Basic screen touch Orig Image Type 06714705 Ready to copy 17 06 auto Paper Select Image ser 88x 4 Felding Finishi The Original Image Type screen appears Touch the button for the quality setting most appropriate for the loaded original For an original that contains only text touch Text For an original that contains photos touch Photo For an original that contains b
365. ws cover sheets to be inserted into copies if in stalled onto finisher FS 504 FS 602 and allows the functions of installed finishers to be used manually Punch kit PK 505 Allows hole punching to be used if installed onto fin isher FS 504 FS 602 Referred to as the punch kit throughout the man ual Finisher FS 504 Feeds out printed pages The Sort Group Off set Sort Offset Group Face Up and Staple settings are available Finisher FS 602 Feeds out printed pages The Sort Group Off set Sort Offset Group Face Up Sta ple Fold amp Staple Half Fold and Tri Fold settings are available Z folding unit ZU 602 Allows holes to be punched for filing and allows pages to be folded in a zigzag if installed onto fin isher FS 504 FS 602 Large capacity tray LU 402 Can be loaded with up to 4 000 sheets of paper 20Ib Referred to as the LCT throughout the manual Large capacity tray LU 401 Can be loaded with up to 4 000 sheets of paper 20Ib Referred to as the LCT throughout the manual 10 Key counter Controls the number of copies produced Hard disk drive HD 503 Increases the number of original pages that can be stored and enables the Set Numbering and Box functions to be used Referred to as the hard disk or HDD throughout the manual
366. xt copy job For details on specifying the Copy Operating Screen parameter refer to Display Setting on page 12 19 vY For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Original on page 3 7 Y To cancela reserved copy job display the Basic screen for the reserved copy job and then press the Stop key For details refer to Performing Operations on Jobs on page 11 6 Press the Start key to begin scanning and outputting the current copy job osve2 05 Now scanning originals 15 24 Humber of Sets 07 25 No of Pages The Basic screen for reserving a copy job appears 3 72 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations 3 When the message Ready to accept another job appears copy set tings can be specified for the next copy job 6722705 i Ready to accept another job 16 25 auto Paper Select Separate Image Scan Press the Start key After the current copy job is finished the next copy job begins When the current copy job is finished the copy settings for the next copy job are automatically displayed and the copy operation be gins bizhub 750 600 3 73 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 14 Stopping Scanning Printing The following procedure describes how to stop scanning the original and stop the printing operation To stop scanning p
367. y refer to the indicated sections Basic Copy Operations Titles indicate the contents of the section 3 6 Selecting a Paper Setting The paper size can be selected automatically according to the document size or it can be specified manually Specify the paper size according to the corresponding procedure depending on the desired copy settings Note The default setting is Auto Paper Select Automatically Selecting the Paper Size Auto Paper Select Setting The size of the loaded documentis detected and copies are produced using aper of the same size In the Basic screen touch Paper Basic Copy Operations Folding fre The Paper screen appears Reminder Be careful that your fingers are not pinched when the front door is closed Q Detail For details on the positions of paper misfeeds refer to Paper Misfeed In dications on page 5 7 A CAUTION Metallic parts on the inside of the upper cover are very hot Touching any part other than the paper may result in A burns C450 Z WARNING CAUTION Text highlighted in this manner indicates precautions to ensure safe use of this machine Warning indicates instructions that when not observed may result in fatal or critical injuries Caution indicates instructions that when not observed may result in serious injuries or property damage The page show
368. y the size and orientation of the selected paper and the amount of paper remaining The amount of paper remaining is indicated in five levels If special paper is selected the special paper type is indicated with icons For details refer to Icons That Appear in the Touch Panel on page 2 18 Basic Copy Operations Automatically Selecting the Paper Size Auto Paper Select Setting The size of the positioned original is detected and copies are produced us ing paper of the same size If the x1 0 Zoom setting was specified paper of the same size as the orig inal is selected If the zoom ratio was increased or decreased a paper size that corresponds to the specified zoom ratio is automatically selected 3 26 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations In the Basic screen touch Paper Auto Paper Select Separate Scan The Paper screen appears Touch Auto Paper Select os 22 05 Ready to copy 15 56 Hemory Auto Paper Select Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub 750 600 3 27 Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations Chapter 3 Basic Copy Operations 3 Basic Copy Operations Manually Selecting the Desired Paper Size Y By also selecting the Auto Zoom setting the most appropriate zoom ra tio is selected based on the size of the positioned original and the spec ified paper size For details on the Au
369. y default setting is OFF Default Function Permission If external server authentication was selected limitations can be placed on the machine functions that can be used by an authorized user The following operations can be limited e Copy operations e Scan operations e Printing operations e Saving documents on the hard disk Q Detail The factory default setting is Allow To specify the Administrative Setting Display the Administrator Setting screen For details on displaying the Administrator Setting screen refer to Displaying the Administrator Setting Screen on page 12 39 Touch 4 User Authentication Account Track The User Authentication Account Track screen appears Touch 2 User Authentication Setting The User Authentication Setting screen appears Can 2 User Authentication Setting be selected gt 2 User Authentication Setting is not available if User Authentica tion on the General Settings screen is set to OFF 12 78 bizhub 750 600 Utility 12 Touch 1 Administrative Setting Touch User Name List and then touch either ON or OFF trative User Name List befanit Funct ian Permission Touch Default Function Permission The Default Function Permission screen appears Touch the buttons for the desired settings To permit the operation to be performed touch Allow To prohibit the operation to be performed
370. y switching operation is performed e Auto Tray Select Specify the paper trays that are selected automatically with the Auto Paper Select setting e Tray Priority Specify the order that paper trays are selected when the au tomatic tray switching operation is performed The available paper trays are those selected when the Auto Tray Select setting is set Auto Tray Switch ON OFF Select whether or not a paper tray load ed with paper of the same size is select ed automatically when a paper tray becomes empty while printing copies Allow Restrict No Matching Paper in Select the operation that is performed Stop Printing Tray Tray Setting when there is no paper of the corre Fixed sponding size in the specified paper tray Switch Trays Tray Stop Printing Tray Fixed Priority The machine stops operating e Switch Trays Tray Priority Whether or not the specified paper tray contains paper of the corre sponding size is determined and if it does not a different paper tray is se lected if it contains paper of the corre sponding size Print Lists Select the paper tray used for printing Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 lists such as the sales counter Tray 4 Bypass tray LCT Eo Note To load paper of a different size into the tray 1 and 2 and the LCT contact your technical representative bizhub 750 600 12 15 Chapter 12 Utility Chapter 12 Utility Utility
371. y timer 06 22 05 np anount Of time prior to entering Operating Time Specify a length of time between 5 minutes and 9 hours and 59 min utes How can a single digit be input gt First type in 0 If a minutes setting of less than 5 is entered the setting changes to 5 minutes In addition a minutes setting of 60 or more cannot be specified Touch OK Basic screen appears x Note As the factory default the weekly timer is not set f the message Access restricted due to weekly timer Input amount of time prior to entering Sleep Mode or Access restricted due to weekly timer Input password to interrupt timer appears after the sub power switch is pressed the weekly timer is set Q Detail During the set time the copy operations can be performed as usual From Administrator mode the machine can be set so that the screen for entering the password for non business hours is not displayed The default setting for the Password for Non Business Hours parame ter is OFF the screen is not displayed 2 32 bizhub 750 600 Before Making Copies 2 Controlling the Use of This Machine With User Authentication If the administrator has specified the user authentication settings only the permitted users can use this machine VY When user authentication has been set only users that enter passwords for specified accounts can use this machine Y Contact your administrator f
372. yo suoieiedgQ Adod oiseg 3 Basic Copy Operations rap 2 p O Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations Basic Copy Operations 3 1 General Copy Operation This section contains information on the general operation for making cop ies The following procedure describes how to copy a single sided original using basic copy operations Note Some settings cannot be used together For details on the settings that cannot be combined refer to Operations That Cannot Be Combined on page 3 5 To make a copy 1 Press the Copy key to display the Basic screen in Copy mode 2 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Positioning the Orig inal on page 3 7 3 2 bizhub 750 600 Basic Copy Operations Specify the necessary copy settings Auto Paper Select Image User Box d i The default settings when this machine is purchased are listed be low Density Background Auto Density Standard Background Re moval Paper Auto Paper Select Zoom Full size x 1 000 Simplex Duplex 1 EX 1 Original Image Type Text Photo For details on specifying Original settings refer to Specifying Orig inal Settings on page 3 15 For details on selecting a Paper setting refer to Selecting a Paper Setting on page 3 26 For details on specifying a Zoom setting refer to Specifying a Zoom Setti
373. ysnipy Alisueq Ausueq Ausueq oiny Aysueq Density Original woo7 Juapuadapu bizhub 750 600 ojojo ojojo ojojo ojojo ojojo oney A pue X JUBJSUOD YM WOOZ gonpey pue ebejug OL x Zoom wooz ony Jedey paiojog Joeded yoy Jaded uly Jaded jeloads pesyeney Jodeg qey jeded wojysng jaded aoe jaded pajeqe Paper Type attribute dHO jaded aul jaded pajahoay Jaded ule d Keay ssedhq aldy Keay Ayoedeo abe7 Aesy Jaded Paper yeas Jedeg ony ssej jeulbuo 213 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Origi nal dav O Of Of O O Of O O Of Of O Of Of O CO OF O O Of O O Of Of O CO OF OO Of O Of Of O Of O O Of FY YO YO O Of O O Of O O Of O CO CO O Of O O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of A A A OF A CO Of O A O O Of O O CO CO O CO OJ OO O O Of Of O Of Of Of Of A A A O A Of Of Of A Of Of Of Of Of Of CO Of Of Of O O O Of Of Of O Of Of Of Of A A A Of A Of Of Of 4 Of Of Of Of Of Of Of CO Of Of Of O O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of A A A OF A O Of Of A A O Of Of O O Of CO O CO CO OF O O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of O Of Of CO Of Of Of Of Of Of O Of O

Konica Minolta 750 All in One Printer User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents